Quarterlytics / Nufarm Limited

Nufarm Limited

nuf · ASX
Claim this profile
Ticker nuf
Exchange ASX
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Nufarm Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
NUFARM LIMITED 
ANNUAL REPORT

20
09

CONTENTs

01  Facts in brief
03  Managing director’s review
08  Business review
14  Health, safety and environment
16  Management team
18  Board of directors
21  Corporate governance

Income statements

29  Directors’ report
39  Lead auditor’s independence declaration
40 
41  Balance sheets 
42  Statements of cash flows
43  Statements of recognised income and expense
44  Notes to the financial statements
115  Directors’ declaration
116  Independent auditor’s report
118  Shareholder and statutory information
124  Directory 

KEy EvENTs

– Global glyphosate market issues make significant impact on profit result 

– Conservative approach to risk management in Brazil  

– Growth in sales revenues and new product introductions  

– European businesses generate strong sales and margin growth  

– Expansion of seeds business

 
 
FacTs in bRieF

Trading results 
Profit attributable to shareholders 
Material items gain/(loss) 

Operating profit after tax 

Sales revenue 
Total equity 
Total assets 

Ratios 
Earnings per ordinary share 
Net debt to equity 
Net tangible assets per ordinary share 

Distribution to shareholders 
Annual dividend per ordinary share 

People 
Staff employed 

12 months ended 
31 July 2009 
$000 

12 months ended
31 July 2008
$000

79,877  
(79,755)  

159,632  

2,677,083  
1,631,939  
3,251,597  

 33.5¢  
57% 
 $3.59  

137,915 
(25,961) 

163,876 

2,492,458 
1,305,218 
3,213,880 

 69.7¢ 
69%
 $2.60 

 27¢  

 35¢ 

 3,155  

 3,112 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

01

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

02

 
 
 
 
 
Managing diRecTOR’s Review

Doug Rathbone AM  
Managing director and  
chief executive

ThE 2009 fiNANciAL 
yEAR hAS PRoDucED 
A DiSAPPoiNTiNg PRofiT 
RESuLT foR ThE coMPANy.  
ThE RESuLT REfLEcTS  
A vERy chALLENgiNg 
SEcoND hALf, 
PARTicuLARLy wiTh  
RESPEcT To ouR  
gLyPhoSATE buSiNESS. 
gLyPhoSATE SuffERED  
A ShARP DEcLiNE iN  
PRofiTAbiLiTy DuE To  
A RANgE of iSSuES ThAT 
hAD A NEgATivE iMPAcT  
oN ALL of ThE woRLD’S 
LEADiNg gLyPhoSATE 
SuPPLiERS iN ThE fiNAL 
quARTER. ThESE iMPAcTS 
ARE DiScuSSED iN MoRE 
DETAiL LATER iN ThiS  
REPoRT. 

Net profit after tax for the  
year ended 31 July 2009 was 
$79.9 million. The reported profit 
includes the impact of material 
items totalling $79.8 million.

group revenues increased  
seven per cent to $2.68 billion  
and operating earnings before 
interest and tax (EbiT) was  
down 44 per cent to $151 million. 

Earnings per share were  
33.5 cents, compared with  
last year’s 69.7 cents. 

inventory largely held in the  
uS as at 31 July 2009. The 
adjusted value of that inventory 
places the company in a position 
to generate profits in the 2010 
year while selling glyphosate  
at market competitive prices. 

The dramatic fall in glyphosate 
prices in the final six weeks of  
the financial year meant that  
the book value of inventory  
could not be recovered through 
sales made in the period. Losses 
of $22.7 million after tax have 
been classified as an inventory 
adjustment material item. 

The balance of $16.0 million  
in material items mainly relates  
to charges associated with  
restructuring of manufacturing 
activities in Europe and costs 
relating to regulatory enquiries 
dealing with competition impacts 
of the Ah Marks acquisition. 

There was also a small net 
non-cash foreign exchange  
loss of $0.3 million at 31 July 
relating to the company’s Step-up 
Securities (NSS). The foreign 
exchange exposure on the  
funding utilisation from the NSS 
has been hedged over the term  
of the securities and will guarantee 
a cash gain of $19.6 million on 
maturity in the 2012 financial year. 

Material items 

Final dividend 

The company recorded a  
$79.8 million after tax loss 
associated with material items. 

The significant material items 
related to adjustments associated 
with the company’s glyphosate 
business. The company booked a 
$40.8 million after tax write-down 
on the value of glyphosate 

Directors declared a final unfranked 
dividend of 15 cents per share, 
resulting in a full year dividend of 
27 cents. The final dividend (which 
will be classified as 100 per cent 
conduit foreign income) will be 
paid on 13 November 2009 to the 
holders of all fully paid shares in 
the company as at the close of 
business on 16 october 2009. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

03

 
 
 
 
 
Managing diRecTOR’s Review cOnTinued

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
will not operate with respect to 
this dividend. 

Treasury 

Net debt to equity improved from 
69 per cent in 2008 to 57 per cent 
at July 2009, despite net debt 
marginally increasing by $38 million 
to $938 million. 

The increase in working capital 
– driven by a decrease in payables  
at year-end – utilised the cash 
raised from the new equity issue 
undertaken in May. The reduction 
in payables reflected a decrease  
in purchasing activity in the last 
two months of the year as it 
became apparent that sales would 
be below earlier expectations.  
A significant decrease in working 
capital is expected in 2010 in 
response to more normal patterns 
of sales and purchasing. 

The group recorded a foreign 
exchange loss of $27.5 million, 
primarily in brazil. Approximately 
half of this loss is a non-cash  
mark-to-market adjustment on  
a uS dollar banking facility due  
to be renewed in the 2011 
financial year. 

cash from operations has  
marginally improved to $76 million, 
constrained by the working capital 
increase. Net operating cash 
outflow was $53 million,  
a $74 million improvement  
on the prior year. 

subsequent events 

Acquisition of Richardson 
Seeds and MMR genetics 

on 5 August 2009, Nufarm 
acquired Texas based Richardson 
Seeds Ltd and MMR genetics Ltd.

Richardson Seeds is a major 
producer and marketer of  
sorghum seed hybrids, with a 
leading market share in the uS 
and expanding market positions  
in Mexico, South America, Europe, 
Japan and the Middle East. The 
company was founded over 50 
years ago and has processing 
capabilities of 10,000 bags of 
sorghum seeds per day.

MMR genetics – previously  
47 per cent owned by Richardson 
Seeds – is a global leader in the 
development of elite sorghum 
germ plasm, used by many of  
the world’s top seed companies. 

The additional scale and reach 
resulting from the acquisitions  
will deliver significant growth  
to Nufarm’s seeds business  
and will be complementary  
to the company’s existing  
sorghum operations that  
were secured via last year’s 
acquisition of queensland  
based Lefroy seeds.

Ah Marks 

on 10 September 2009, the uK 
competition commission notified 
Nufarm that the company had 
fulfilled its obligations in relation  

to remedies associated with the 
Ah Marks acquisition (completed 
March 2008). 

The resolution of this matter 
allows the company to proceed 
with the full integration of the  
Ah Marks business. 

belvedere closure

uK-based manufacturing  
activities are to be consolidated  
at the company’s wyke facility. 
The belvedere plant will cease 
production in october 2009.  
The closure of the belvedere site  
is not expected to result in any 
significant net gains or losses.

Outlook 

while market conditions remain 
challenging in certain areas of the 
company’s business, management 
expects to see growth in group 
profitability in the 2010 financial 
year, with an improved operating 
environment in brazil; a more 
competitive position in glyphosate; 
and continued revenue and margin 
expansion across other product 
positions being the major  
contributors to that growth. 

Seasonal conditions in key 
markets such as Australia and  
the uS saw reduced demand  
for crop protection products in the 
2009 period. if seasonal influences 
return to more average conditions 
in 2010, grower demand is 
expected to improve. Similarly, 
credit pressures impacted the 
buying patterns of distribution 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

04

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managing diRecTOR’s Review cOnTinued

customers in 2009, with many  
of those customers not prepared, 
or not able, to purchase and  
carry average levels of inventory. 
An improvement in the credit 
environment is likely to result  
in a re-stocking of distribution 
channels as the major selling 
seasons approach. 

New, higher margin product 
introductions and increased  
sales in higher value segments 
(insecticides, fungicides, seed 
treatment, seeds) together with 
expanded market penetration  
in a number of regional locations 
will also generate higher earnings 
in the current financial year. 

in summary, the directors are 
confident that the 2010 year  
will see an improvement in the 
quality of earnings and believe  
the company is well positioned  
to resume its strong profit growth. 

Doug Rathbone AM
Managing Director

28 September 2009

The 2010 year will also see 
the beginning of integration- 
related benefits associated  
with the Ah Marks acquisition  
and improved manufacturing 
efficiencies resulting from  
the rationalization of some 
production activities in Europe. 

while the 2009 year saw  
a substantial reduction in group 
profitability, the company was able 
to generate strong sales revenues 
and maintain or grow market share 
positions on both a geographic and 
product basis. 

with the expected improvements 
in earnings in a number of areas  
of the business – and more 
favourable market conditions – 
there is confidence that Nufarm’s 
2010 financial year will generate 
much improved results. 

credit restrictions in brazil have 
eased and the company expects 
to generate higher sales and 
stronger margins in this market 
over the 12 month period. while 
risk management will continue  
to be given close attention, the 
business is forecast to generate  
a positive operating result. 

The company has taken measures 
to ensure its glyphosate business 
will be competitive and profitable 
in 2010. 

inventory levels at the  
manufacturing level (total industry) 
are estimated to be high, especially 
in the uS market, and this will 
result in aggressive competition 
and relatively low prices. 

with an adjusted cost base and 
strong market access, Nufarm  
is well placed to capture an 
appropriate share of glyphosate 
sales across its regional businesses. 

The company is forecasting a 
return to acceptable profitability  
in its glyphosate business in 2010. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

05

 
 
 
 
 
Managing diRecTOR’s Review cOnTinued

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

06

 
 
 
 
 
9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

07

 
 
 
 
 
business Review

AfTER A buoyANT 2008  
iN which AgRicuLTuRAL 
iNDuSTRiES wERE  
chARAcTERiSED by  
STRoNg DEMAND,  
ExPANDED PRoDucTioN 
AND RiSiNg PRicES,  
buSiNESS coNDiTioNS  
foR ThE cRoP PRoTEcTioN 
iNDuSTRy wERE vERy 
chALLENgiNg iN 2009. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

08

following a solid first six months 
– in which the company achieved 
its budgeted profit performance  
– pressures in the second half  
relating to the global credit crisis 
and climate-related declines in 
demand for various products  
had a negative impact on Nufarm’s 
financial year. however, the 
principal negative impact on  
the company’s 2009 profitability 
involved a range of issues that  
led to significant deterioration  
in the volume and profitability  
of glyphosate sales. 

These impacts were especially 
obvious in the company’s South 
American, uS and Australian 
businesses. Nufarm’s European 
business – which accounts for 
relatively low sales of glyphosate 
– performed very strongly during 
the period. 

Nufarm generated sales of $2.68 
billion in the 12 months to 31July, 
representing a seven per cent 
increase on the previous year’s 
total revenues. Australasia 
generated $850 million in sales  
(32 per cent of total sales); North 
America recorded $775 million in 
sales (29 per cent of total); South 
America generated total sales of 
$415 million (15 per cent); and 
Europe $637 million (24 per cent). 

Total glyphosate sales were  
$833 million – representing about 
31 per cent of group revenues – 
and generating a 14.9 per cent 
gross margin (before the impact  
of adjustments included in material 
items). This compares with 
glyphosate sales in the previous 
year of $909 million (36 per cent  
of total sales) and a gross margin 
contribution of 31 per cent. 

 
 
 
 
 
business Review cOnTinued

Nufarm commenced the 2009 
financial year with higher than 
average glyphosate inventory  
as it transitioned to new supply 
arrangements. Much of that 
inventory had been purchased  
at a high point in the pricing  
cycle for the key raw material 
(glyphosate ‘technical’). 

After a period of strong demand  
and pricing in 2008, substantial 
additional capacity of glyphosate 
‘technical’ was brought into 
production in china towards  
the end of the 2008 period.  
This surplus of product and  
low seasonal demand saw  
prices decline in 2009, with  
severe price discounting  
in the final two months  
of Nufarm’s financial year,  
particularly in the uS. 

The company’s non-glyphosate 
revenues increased by 16 per cent 
to $1.84 billion. 

Total herbicide sales were down 
on the previous year, but when 
glyphosate is excluded from that 
calculation there was an increase 
in other herbicide sales of almost 
14 per cent to $1.08 billion. 

Phenoxy herbicide sales, in which 
Nufarm is a global leader, were 
$554 million and similar to the 
previous year. 

The company generated  
increased sales of insecticides  
(up 21 per cent) and fungicides  
(up 10 per cent) in 2009, reflecting 
product development and portfolio 
expansion activity focused on 
those segments. 

A number of new seed treatment 
products were introduced in 2009, 
providing a strong platform for 
future growth in this high value 
segment.

australasia 

2009 

2008 
$ million  $ million

Revenue 
Segment profit 

 850 
118 

875
148

The Australasian business 
generated $850 million in sales 
and a segment profit (segment 
earnings before interest and  
tax) of $118 million in the 2009 
financial year. This represents  
a drop in revenue of about three 
per cent on the previous year and 
a 20 per cent decline in segment 
profit. glyphosate represented 
approximately 31 per cent of  
total sales in this region. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business Review cOnTinued

Despite average crop plantings 
and reasonable climatic conditions 
following the planting activity in 
most parts of Australia, demand 
for crop protection products  
was unusually low with Nufarm’s 
major distribution customers 
looking to de-stock and growers 
only purchasing minimum  
requirements. crops in many 
regions were planted in relatively 
dry conditions reducing the  
need for herbicide applications, 
particularly glyphosate. 
volume sales of glyphosate  
in Australia were substantially 
down on the previous year and – 
combined with weaker pricing  
and lower margins – were the 
major contributor to a poorer  
profit performance from the 
Australian business. 

Seasonal conditions improved  
in many regions after crops were 
sown and this generated strong 
sales of a number of products 
other than glyphosate, with 
phenoxy herbicide sales and sales 
into segments such as horticulture 
generating an improved return  
on the previous year. 

Nufarm’s croplands division 
(manufacturer and supplier of 
spray equipment) increased sales 
to $46.6 million, an improvement 
of more than 30 per cent on the 
previous year. 

New Zealand crop protection sales 
were down by some 16 per cent, 
with a depressed dairy sector  
and lower margin glyphosate  
sales having an impact. 

Nufarm’s Asian sales grew 
strongly in 2009, with the  
company’s businesses in  

Malaysia, indonesia and Japan  
all posting higher revenues driven 
by additional product registrations 
and improved access to local 
distribution. The company’s  
first full year of ‘Roundup’  
brand distribution rights in 
indonesia also boosted sales.

north america 

2009 

2008 
$ million  $ million

Revenue 
Segment profit 

775 
8 

631
84

North American sales increased  
by almost 23 per cent on the 
previous year ($775 million  
versus $631 million). Segment 
profit ($8.4 million) was substantially 
down, with a significant decline  
in uS glyphosate earnings being 
the major contributor. glyphosate 
represented 42 per cent of sales  
in the North American region. 

uS sales were up in Australian 
dollars but were similar to the 
previous year’s sales when reported 
in local currency. This is despite uS 
glyphosate sales being 20 per cent 
down. Excluding the glyphosate 
business, uS sales increased by 
more than 17 per cent. 

The gross profit generated by  
uS glyphosate sales dropped by 
$77 million from the previous year, 
with 2009 sales recording a loss  
of $22 million. Excess supply, 
additional competition and lower 
seasonal demand for glyphosate 
saw prices soften throughout the 
year, with a very sharp deterioration 
in pricing towards the end of the 
season. Nufarm’s cost position 
and high starting inventory 
resulted in glyphosate sales 

generating losses as the business 
sought to retain market share 
positions. These impacts were 
also felt by other major suppliers 
of glyphosate in the uS market. 

in other areas of the business, 
Nufarm was able to grow revenues 
by some 17 per cent and gross 
margins by 32 per cent (both 
calculated in local currency). 

Non-glyphosate sales into the  
crop segment grew approximately 
six per cent, despite a relatively 
poor season for phenoxy herbicides. 
insecticides, fungicides and seed 
treatment products were all 
stronger. 

Nufarm’s position in the uS turf 
and ornamental segment and the 
industrial vegetative management 
segment improved on both a 
revenue and gross margin basis, 
helped in part by the contribution 
of the Etigra business, which was 
acquired in May 2008. Additional 
product registrations and new 
product introductions in these 
segments helped strengthen the 
company’s distribution relationships. 

in canada, Nufarm benefited  
from a broader product portfolio  
to record a 30 per cent increase  
in sales. colombia (also reported 
as part of the North American 
segment) saw a small increase  
in sales but margins were down 
on the previous year. 

south america 

2009 

2008 
$ million  $ million

Revenue 
Segment profit 

 414 
(41) 

431
59

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business Review cOnTinued

South American sales in 2009 
were $414 million, down four  
per cent on the previous year’s 
$431 million. The region recorded 
a loss of $41 million as a segment 
operating result. 

The global credit crisis had  
a dramatic impact on business  
in brazil with many growers  
unable to source credit or  
provide acceptable security to 
cover purchases of crop inputs. 
competition between suppliers  
for lower risk business was 
intense with margins  
dramatically impacted. 

Nufarm took a conservative 
position in response to these 
pressures and did not fill sales 
orders considered to involve an 
unacceptable credit risk. Discounts 
were also offered to secure earlier 
collections. 

Nufarm’s sales revenues in brazil 
were down by 13 per cent on the 
previous year when reported in 
local currency. while glyphosate 
sales were similar to the previous 
year, margins generated from 
those sales were substantially 
lower. glyphosate represented 
approximately 42 per cent of total 
sales in South America in 2009. 
in other product segments, the 
brazil business performed strongly 
on a revenue basis with new 
offerings in pasture and sugar 
cane strengthening Nufarm’s 
position in those important 
markets. 

on an operating basis brazil 
generated a small EbiT loss  
for the full year, with second  

half overheads and relatively low 
sales eroding the $25 million EbiT 
posted at 31 January. This was 
consistent with expectations and 
guidance provided at the half year. 
Argentina sales were slightly 
higher in 2009 but credit related 
pressures and lower glyphosate 
margins made an impact on  
the profitability of the business. 
Drought conditions also persisted 
throughout the year, with cereal 
plantings down by some  
40 per cent. 

in chile, where Nufarm has  
a more balanced portfolio not 
dominated by glyphosate, the 
business generated an above 
budget profit result. 

europe 

2009 

2008 
$ million  $ million

Revenue 
Segment profit 

 637 
101 

555
56

European sales were up  
by 15 per cent year on year to  
$637 million, with a substantial 
improvement in segment  
profit ($100.6 million versus  
$56.2 million in 2008). glyphosate 
represented 14 per cent of total 
European sales in the period. 
Nufarm’s uK branded business 
improved margins on sales which 
were in line with the previous  
year, despite poor autumn weather  
and a sharp decline in demand  
for glyphosate. Again, new product 
introductions helped offset lower 
sales of some existing products. 

The Ah Marks business – acquired 
in March of the previous year – 
performed strongly and delivered 

an earnings contribution ahead of 
assumptions made at the time of 
the acquisition. This business was 
operated on an independent basis 
to the local Nufarm business due 
to ongoing enquiries by the uK 
regulatory authority. This meant 
that anticipated synergies could 
not be realised in the 2009 period.

Sales in france were up five per 
cent on the previous year. while 
seasonal conditions were generally 
not favourable, the company 
generated excellent results from 
its corn herbicide campaign and 
made important gains in the 
amenities (non-crop applications) 
market. A rationalisation of 
production activity in france  
was also instigated during the  
year and this will result in improved 
efficiencies in future years. 

The german business was slightly 
down on the previous year with 
sales into the spring market  
for wheat herbicides down  
by some 20 per cent due  
to seasonal conditions. This  
was offset, however, by the  
successful introduction of  
several new products. 

Nufarm’s businesses in italy, 
Spain, Portugal and the relatively 
new operations in Romania and 
hungary all generated very strong 
results. when reported in local 
currencies, these results were 
even stronger. A new subsidiary 
was also established in greece 
with important product registrations 
already secured in a number  
of market segments. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business Review cOnTinued

nufarm sales by  
geography 2009

nufarm sales by  
geography 2008

nufarm sales by  
key products 2009

nufarm sales by  
key products 2008

* Other – includes PGR’s, adjuvants, 

seed treatments, seeds, spray 
machinery, industrial sales.

seeds 

Nufarm made substantial  
strides in the expansion of the 
seed and traits business within  
the past year. The business 
finished ahead of budget with  
a small operating profit despite 
challenging environmental 
conditions prior to the canola 
season in Australia. 

The Nufarm seed business, 
branded as Nuseed, has expanded 
its product range to offer sunflower 
and sorghum hybrids to both the 
Australian and global markets.  
This expansion has been facilitated 
by the acquisition of queensland 
based Lefroy Seeds in September 
of 2008. Lefroy Seeds specialises 
in hybrid breeding, production  
and commercialisation activities  
in sunflower and sorghum. The 
acquisition delivered established 
registrations, sales and commercial 
partnerships in Australia, Argentina, 
South Africa, china, Pakistan, 
Thailand, and various countries  
in Europe. 

New South wales and victoria 
planted their second year of 
biotech canola (using Roundup 
Ready® canola) with a four-fold 
expansion in the sown area. The 
Monola® specialty canola business 
continued to gain momentum  
as consumers in Australia and 
overseas increased their demand 
for healthier foods. Monola® 
delivers a functional, healthy 
alternative to high saturated  
and trans-fats. Nuseed collaborates 
with the supply chain from 
breeding to final oil customer. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

12

 
 
 
 
 
9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

13

 
 
 
 
 
HealTH, saFeTy and enviROnMenT

AgAiNST A bAcKDRoP  
of chALLENgiNg MARKET 
coNDiTioNS, NufARM 
coNTiNuES To PAy  
cLoSE ATTENTioN To ThE 
cRiTicAL AREAS of SAfETy 
AND ENviRoNMENTAL  
coMPLiANcE AND To MAKE 
PRogRESS iN ouR EffoRTS 
To AchiEvE coNTiNuouS 
iMPRovEMENT AcRoSS A 
RANgE of hEALTh, SAfETy 
AND ENviRoNMENTAL 
MEASuRES. 

in 2008 we lowered our injury 
rates, achieved a reduction in  
total energy use and secured 
production efficiencies while 
further minimizing our waste.

The 10th annual health, safety  
and environment report covers  
the 2008 calendar year, during 
which Nufarm acquired the  
Ah Marks phenoxy herbicide 
manufacturing business, located  
in wyke, uK. The need to clear a 
number of regulatory requirements 
relating to that transaction deferred 
the full integration of the business 
and has delayed a number  
of planned improvements  
in occupational health, safety  
and environment areas. Also,  
the addition of the wyke plant – 
and its attendant energy, water 
and waste profiles – has led  
to a number of our group  
measurements not showing the 
overall improvement that would 
otherwise have been evident. 

for the first time in eight years, 
our annual global consumption  
of water increased and water use 
efficiency decreased, due largely 
to the inclusion of the Ah Marks 
business. however, we are 
committed to resuming the 
downward trend so well  
demonstrated over the  
preceding nine years.

Nufarm has also signed up to  
the Australian chemical industry’s 
‘Sustainability Leadership Program’, 
under the banner of the PAciA 
Sustainability framework. This 
also contains the long running 
industry initiative, Responsible 

care. Many of the framework’s .
principles are already reflected  
in how Nufarm operates and the 
framework will help us to more 
formally integrate our improvement 
efforts and to embed sustainability 
initiatives within our business.  
The framework is being introduced 
first into the Australian business 
and will flow across the global 
operations as we progress.

A large number of Nufarm  
sites are investing in additional 
safety training. New courses  
are being implemented regularly, 
particularly in our European 
operations. All Nufarm employees 
have a responsibility to ensure  
that our work places are safe. 

increasing numbers of employee 
groups are becoming involved  
in site specific initiatives aimed  
at achieving improvements in 
areas such as water and waste 
minimisation. This reflects a 
culture within the company  
that must be encouraged. 

Nufarm’s 10th annual health, 
safety and environment report 
may be downloaded from the 
corporate website, together  
with separate reports from 
manufacturing sites around the 
world. The report covers 2008 
calendar year data collected  
from 16 manufacturing sites  
and 19 offices and regional 
centres. Data from the recently 
acquired operation of Ah Marks  
in wyke, uK, is included. The 
health and safety data includes 
permanent and casual employees, 
as well as contractors.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

14

 
 
 
 
 
HealTH, saFeTy and enviROnMenT cOnTinued

LTifR or lost time injury frequency 
rate is the number of lost time 
injuries per million hours worked  
that results in one or more days  
of absence from work.

MTifR or medical treatment injury 
frequency rate is the number of lost 
time and medical treatment injuries 
per million hours worked.

Severity is the number of days lost 
per thousand hours worked.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

15

 
 
 
 
 
ManageMenT TeaM

Brian Benson

Rodney Heath

Doug Rathbone AM

Kevin Martin

Dale Mellody

doug Rathbone aM

Rodney Heath

dale Mellody

group general manager 
marketing and president  
North America

Dale Mellody joined Nufarm  
as a territory manager in 1995, 
having completed his bachelor  
of agricultural science. Promoted 
to head office in 1997, he has  
had various roles in the global 
marketing group and has assisted 
with a number of company  
acquisitions. Dale was promoted 
to the senior management group 
in July 2005 and is responsible  
for Nufarm’s global marketing. 
Now based in the uS, Dale also 
heads Nufarm’s North American  
regional operations. 

Managing director and  
chief executive 

Doug Rathbone’s background  
is chemical engineering and 
commerce and he has worked  
for Nufarm Australia Ltd for  
36 years. Doug was appointed 
managing director of Nufarm 
Australia in 1982 and managing 
director of Nufarm Ltd in  
october 1999. he joined the  
board of directors in 1987.  
he was appointed to the  
board of cSiRo in 2007. 

brian benson

group general manager 
agriculture 

brian benson joined Nufarm in 
2000, bringing with him extensive 
experience in the crop protection 
industry in the areas of international 
marketing and strategy. he has 
degrees in agricultural science and 
business administration. brian is 
responsible for Nufarm’s regional 
sales operations and commercial 
strategy. 

group general manager 
corporate services and  
company secretary 

Rod heath has a bachelor of  
law and joined the company  
in 1980, initially as legal officer, 
later becoming assistant company 
secretary. in 1989, Rod moved 
from New Zealand to Australia  
to become company secretary  
of Nufarm Australia Ltd. in 2000, 
Rod was appointed company 
secretary of Nufarm Ltd. 

Kevin Martin

chief financial officer 

Kevin Martin is a chartered 
accountant with over 26 years  
of experience in the professional 
and commercial arena. After joining 
Nufarm in 1994, he was responsible 
initially for the financial control  
of the crop protection business. 
Since 2000, Kevin has been 
responsible for all financial, 
treasury and taxation matters  
for the group. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

16

 
 
 
 
 
ManageMenT TeaM cOnTinued

Mike Pointon

David Pullan

Bob Ooms

Robert Reis

bob Ooms

david Pullan

group general manager  
chemicals 

group general manager 
operations 

bob ooms joined the company  
in 1999. An industrial chemist  
by training, he has more than 40 
years experience in the chemical 
industry in a variety of positions, 
including many years in senior 
management. bob has executive 
management responsibility for 
global supply chain issues.

Mike Pointon

group general manager 
innovation and development

Mike Pointon joined Nufarm  
in 2001 and was responsible  
for Nufarm’s southern European 
business based in france. he has  
a degree in agricultural science  
and over 25 years experience in  
the crop protection industry. Most 
recently based in Melbourne with 
responsibility for Nufarm’s global 
glyphosate business, Mike was 
appointed to the executive team  
in July 2008. he is responsible for 
the group’s product development 
and regulatory affairs activities.

David Pullan joined the company  
in 1985. A mechanical engineer, 
David has extensive experience  
in chemical synthesis and  
manufacturing, having held  
a variety of operational and 
management positions in the  
oil and chemical industries.  
David is responsible for all of 
Nufarm’s global manufacturing  
and production sites. 

Robert Reis

group general manager 
corporate strategy and  
external affairs 

A former journalist, political  
adviser and lobbyist, Robert  
joined Nufarm in 1991. Robert  
is responsible for global issues 
management, investor relations, 
media, government and stakeholder 
relations. Robert also has executive 
management responsibility for 
corporate strategy, human resources 
and organisational development. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

17

 
 
 
 
 
bOaRd OF diRecTORs

Pictured from left to right: Donald McGauchie AO, Bob Edgar, John Stocker AO, Kerry Hoggard (Chairman),  
Doug Rathbone AM (Managing director and chief executive), Doug Curlewis (Deputy chairman),  
Bruce Goodfellow, Garry Hounsell.

Kerry Hoggard

chairman

doug curlewis

Deputy chairman

Kerry hoggard, 68, joined  
the board in 1987. 

gDw (Doug) curlewis, 68,  
joined the board in January 2000. 

he has a financial background, 
beginning his career with the 
company in 1957 as office junior 
and rising, through a number  
of accounting, financial and 
commercial promotions to be  
chief executive officer in 1987.  
on his retirement in october  
1999, he was appointed chairman 
of the board. Kerry is a member  
of the audit and remuneration 
committees.

he has a master of business 
administration and was formerly 
managing director of National 
consolidated Ltd. he is also  
a director of guD holdings Ltd  
and Sigma Pharmaceuticals Ltd.  
in the past three years Doug has 
been a director of Pacifica group 
Ltd (nine years), Remunerator 
Australia Pty Ltd (seven years)  
and graincorp Ltd (three years). 
Doug is deputy chairman  
of the board, chairman of the 
remuneration and nomination 
committees and a member  
of the audit committee.

doug Rathbone aM

Managing director and  
chief executive

Doug Rathbone AM, 63,  
joined the board in 1987. 

his background is chemical 
engineering and commerce  
and he has worked for Nufarm 
Australia Ltd for 36 years. Doug 
was appointed managing director 
of Nufarm Australia in 1982 and 
managing director of Nufarm Ltd  
in october 1999. he was appointed 
to the board of the cSiRo in 2007.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

18

 
 
 
 
 
bOaRd OF diRecTORs cOnTinued

bob edgar

garry Hounsell

John stocker aO

Dr RJ (bob) Edgar, 63, joined  
the board on 1 June 2009.

gA (garry) hounsell, 54, joined  
the board in october 2004. 

Dr Jw (John) Stocker Ao,  
63, joined the board in 1998. 

he has a medical, scientific  
and management background  
and was formerly chief scientist  
of the commonwealth of Australia 
and is now the chairman of cSiRo. 
he is a principal of foursight 
Associates Pty Ltd and chairman 
of Sigma Pharmaceuticals Ltd  
and The Australian wine institute 
Ltd. he is a director of Telstra 
corporation Ltd. in the past three 
years John has been a director  
of Sigma company Ltd (eight 
years), cambridge Antibody 
Technology group plc (11 years) 
and circadian Technologies Ltd  
(12 years). John is a member  
of the audit committee.

he has a bachelor of economics 
(hons) from university of Adelaide 
and a PhD from ohio State 
university. he recently retired 
from the ANZ banking group 
where he was deputy chief 
executive officer. in a 25 year 
career at ANZ, he also held the 
positions of chief operating officer, 
managing director institutional 
financial services and chief 
economist. bob is a director  
of Transurban holdings Ltd, 
Transurban infrastructure  
Management Ltd and Asciano  
Ltd. he is also chairman of  
the Prince henry’s institute  
of Medical Research.

bruce goodfellow

Dr wb (bruce) goodfellow, 57, 
joined the board representing the 
holders of the ‘c’ shares in 1991. 
following the conversion of the  
‘c’ shares into ordinary shares,  
he was elected a director in 1999. 

he has a doctorate in chemical 
engineering and experience in  
the chemical trading business  
and financial and commercial 
business management experience. 
bruce is chairman of Refrigeration 
Engineering co Ltd and a director 
of Sanford Ltd, Sulkem co Ltd, 
and cambridge clothing co Ltd. 
bruce is a member of the  
nomination committee.

he has a bachelor of business 
(accounting) and is a former senior 
partner with Ernst & young and a 
former Australian country-managing 
partner with Arthur Andersen.  
he has extensive experience 
across a range of areas relating  
to management and corporate 
finance and has worked with  
some of Australia’s leading 
companies in consulting and  
audit roles, with a particular 
emphasis in the manufacturing 
sector. garry is chairman of Pan 
Aust Ltd, deputy chairman of 
Mitchell communication group 
Ltd and a director of qantas 
Airways Ltd and orica Ltd.  
garry is chairman of the audit  
committee.

donald Mcgauchie aO

Dg (Donald) Mcgauchie Ao,  
59, joined the board in 2003. 

he has wide commercial  
experience within the food 
processing, commodity trading, 
finance and telecommunication 
sectors. he also has extensive 
public policy experience, having 
previously held several high- 
level advisory positions to  
the government including the 
Prime Minister’s Supermarket  
to Asia council, the foreign  
Affairs council and the Trade 
Policy Advisory council. he is 
currently a member of the board 
of the Reserve bank of Australia 
and a director of James hardie 
industries Nv. in the past three 
years Donald has been a director 
of Telstra Ltd (11 years). Donald is 
a member of both the remuneration 
and nomination committees.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

19

 
 
 
 
 
9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

20

 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance 

introduction

Nufarm’s board processes are 
under constant review to ensure 
our systems protect the interests 
of all stakeholders.

As part of this review, we  
consider the corporate governance 
Principles and Recommendations 
(‘the ASx principles’) 2nd Edition, 
published by the Australian 
Securities Exchange Limited’s 
(ASx) corporate governance 
council. 

copies of our corporate governance 
practices are publicly available in 
the corporate governance section 
of our website: www.nufarm.com

compliance with asX 
principles

The ASx Listing Rules require 
Nufarm to disclose in our annual 
report the extent to which we 
have adopted the 27 best practice 
recommendations during our 
reporting period and, where we  
do not comply, to explain why not.

Nufarm believes it complies  
with all the ASx principles  
with the following exception:

Recommendation 2.2 recommends 
that the chairman should be an 
independent director. our chairman 
is elected annually at the directors’ 
meeting immediately following the 
annual general meeting (AgM). 

Kerry hoggard is board chairman, 
and is not deemed an independent 
director in accordance with the 
tests set out in Principle 2 of  
the ASx principles.

This corporate governance report 
reaffirms the statements contained 
in our governance reports since 
2003 that the board unanimously 
continues to support Kerry as 
chairman, believing this to be 
clearly in the best interest  
of all stakeholders. 

Kerry’s history with the  
company, including his detailed 
knowledge of the industry where 
the company operates and his 
extensive accounting, financial  
and commercial background,  
bring invaluable experience  
and unique skills to Nufarm.

Kerry continues to apply judgment 
independent of management in  
all decision making. he discharges 
his role with a strong commitment 
to considerations of governance 
and disclosure.

Doug curlewis, an independent 
director, is deputy chairman of  
the board.

Management and oversight  
of nufarm

The board

The governing body of the 
company is the board of directors. 
its clear responsibility is to oversee 
the company’s operations and 
ensure that Nufarm carries out  
its business in the best interests 
of all shareholders and with proper 
regard to the interests of all  
other stakeholders. 

The board charter clearly defines 
the board’s individual and collective 
responsibilities and describes 
those delegated to the managing 
director and senior executives.

The board has set specific limits  
to management’s ability to incur 
expenditure, enter contracts or 
acquire or dispose of assets or 
businesses without full board 
approval.

The board’s specific responsibility 
is to: 

•	 ratify,	monitor	and	review	

strategic plans for the company 
and its business units; 

•	 approve	financial	and	dividend	

policy;

•	 review	the	company’s	accounts;	

•	 approve	and	review	operating	

budgets; 

•	 approve	major	capital	 

expenditure, acquisitions, 
divestments and corporate 
funding; 

•	 oversee	risk	management	 
and internal compliance; and

•	 control	codes	of	conduct	 

and legal compliance.

The board is also responsible for: 

•	 the	appointment	and	 
remuneration of the  
managing director; 

•	 ratifying	the	appointment	 

of the chief financial officer  
and the company secretary;  
and 

•	 reviewing	remuneration	 

policy for senior executives  
and Nufarm’s general  
remuneration policy  
framework.

The board annually reviews  
its composition and terms  
of reference for the board, 
chairman, board committees  
and managing director. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance cOnTinued

There are seven scheduled  
board meetings each year. when 
necessary, additional meetings  
are convened to deal with specific 
issues that require attention before 
the next scheduled meeting. Each 
year the board also reviews the 
strategic plan and direction of  
the company. 

At 31 July 2009, there are  
three board committees: audit; 
remuneration; and nomination.  
All directors are entitled to  
attend any committee meeting.

Details of the attendances  
at meetings of board and  
committees during the  
reporting period appear  
on page 30 of this report.

Evaluating the performance  
of senior executives

Nufarm’s senior executive  
team comprises a group of  
long serving career Nufarm  
or crop protection executives.  
The performance of the senior 
executive team is reviewed by  
the managing director, and then 
the remuneration committee  
and the board, as part of the 
annual remuneration review.  
in the case of the managing 
director, the remuneration 
committee and the board  
conduct his review.

A key consideration for the board 
is the company’s return on funds 
employed (RofE) performance.

RofE is, and has been for some 
20 years, a core feature of Nufarm’s 
culture, involving many aspects  

of the company’s financial  
management. RofE provides  
the senior executive with guidance 
as to how shareholder value can 
be increased by improving operating 
income and using capital more 
efficiently. we believe that if 
management concentrates on 
improving RofE, then sustained 
shareholder value will result.

The board believes RofE is the 
appropriate performance condition 
for the company’s senior executive 
incentive program. however, the 
board also reviews the company’s 
total shareholder return (TSR) 
performance with that of other 
peer group companies.

in the reporting period, a  
performance evaluation of the 
senior executive was undertaken 
in accordance with this process.

The company is managed according 
to the recommendations of ASx 
Principle 1.

A summary of the board charter  
is available in the corporate 
governance section of the 
company’s website.

board of directors

composition

There are eight members  
of the board with a majority  
of independent non-executive 
directors who have an appropriate 
range of proficiencies, experience 
and skills to ensure that it  
discharges its responsibilities  
with the best possible  
management of the  
company in mind. 

The company’s constitution 
specifies that the number of 
directors may be neither less  
than three, nor more than 11.  
At present there are seven 
non-executive directors and  
one executive director, namely  
the managing director, and the 
board has decided at this time  
that no other company executive 
will be invited to join the board.

independence

Directors are expected to bring 
independent views and judgment 
to the board. The board applies the 
framework set out in ASx Principle 
2 to determine the independence 
of directors. To decide whether a 
director has a material relationship 
with the company that may 
compromise independence,  
the board considers all relevant 
circumstances. 

The board reviewed the ASx 
principles and the circumstances 
of individual directors and believes 
it is unnecessary to define any 
specific materiality limits, except 
that a substantial shareholder  
is defined as one who holds  
or is associated directly with  
a shareholder controlling in  
excess of five per cent of  
the company’s equity.

Tenure

The board believes that  
the way directors discharge  
their responsibilities and their 
contribution to the success  
of the company determines  
their independence and justifies 
their positions.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

22

 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance cOnTinued

The nomination committee 
reviews the performance  
of directors who seek to offer 
themselves for re-election at a 
company annual general meeting 
(AgM). That committee then 
recommends to the board  
whether or not it should continue 
to support the nomination of  
the retiring directors.

The board conducts an annual 
review of the independence of 
directors and, at the date of this 
report, it has determined that the 
status of directors is as follows.

independent non-executive 
directors

gDw curlewis
Dr RJ Edgar
gA hounsell 
Dg Mcgauchie 
Dr Jw Stocker

Non-independent  
non-executive directors 

KM hoggard
Dr wb goodfellow

Executive director 
(chief executive officer)

DJ Rathbone

Profiles of each board member, 
including terms in office, are  
on pages 18 and 19 of this report.

Access to independent advice

To help directors discharge their 
responsibilities, any director can 
appoint legal, financial or other 
professional consultants, at the 
expense of the company with the 
chairman’s prior approval, which 
may not be unreasonably withheld. 

The board charter provides that 
non-executive directors may meet 
without management present.

The committee is chaired  
by an independent director.

conflicts of interest

board members must identify  
any conflict of interest they may 
have in dealing with the company’s 
affairs and then refrain from 
participating in any discussion  
or voting on these matters. 
Directors and senior executives 
must disclose any related party 
transactions in writing.

chairman of the board

The chairman is elected  
annually at the directors’  
meeting immediately  
following the company’s  
annual general meeting.

According to the tests set  
out in ASx Principle 2, Nufarm’s 
chairman, Kerry hoggard, is not  
an independent director. The 
reasons why we unanimously 
support Kerry’s appointment are 
set out on page 21 of this report. 
Doug curlewis, an independent 
director, is deputy chairman.

The Nufarm board has stipulated 
that the role of the chairman and 
chief executive officer may not  
be filled by the same person.

with the exception of the  
independence of the chairman,  
the board structure is consistent 
with ASx Principle 2.

The nomination committee

Doug curlewis is chairman of  
the nomination committee and 
Donald Mcgauchie and bruce 
goodfellow are members, with a 
majority of independent directors. 

The formal charter setting out  
the committee’s membership 
requirements includes the 
responsibilities to: 

•	 assess	competencies	of	board	

members; 

•	 review	board	succession	plans;	

•	 evaluate	board	performance;	

and

•	 recommend	the	appointment	of	
new directors when appropriate.

The performance of the board,  
its committees and individual 
directors is reviewed annually  
and the board has utilised a  
variety of review processes, 
including a review by external 
consultants and a review by  
the chairman.

for the last three reporting 
periods, the board has completed 
a purpose-designed questionnaire, 
the results of which were discussed 
with the chairman and the chairman 
of the nomination committee and 
then by the board as a team.

The board ensures that new 
directors are introduced to the 
company appropriately, including 
relevant industry knowledge, visits 
to specific company operations 
and briefings by key executives.

All directors may obtain  
independent professional  
advice and have direct access  
to the company secretary, who  
is appointed by, and accountable 
to, the board on all governance 
matters.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance cOnTinued

Save for the fact that the chairman 
is not independent, the operation 
of the board is in accordance with 
the recommendations of ASx 
Principle 2. 

our formal code of conduct  
is available in the corporate 
governance section of the 
company’s website.

A copy of the nomination  
committee charter and a  
summary of the policy and 
procedure for appointment  
of directors is available in the 
corporate governance section  
of the company’s website.

ethical and responsible 
decision-making

Ethical standards

Nufarm operates in many countries 
and does so in accordance with 
the social and cultural beliefs  
of each country.

it is politically impartial except 
where the board believes it  
is necessary to comment due  
to any perceived major impact  
on the company, its business  
or any of its stakeholders.

we require directors, senior 
executives and all employees  
to adopt standards of business 
conduct that are ethical and in 
compliance with all legislation. 
where there are no legislative 
requirements, the company 
develops policy statements relating 
to the business stakeholders to 
ensure appropriate standards and 
carefully selects and promotes 
employees.

The board endorses the principles 
of the code of conduct for 
Directors, issued by the Australian 
institute of company Directors.

Purchase and sale of company 
shares

The Nufarm board has longstanding 
policies about the purchase and 
sale of company shares by 
directors and key executives. 

The current share trading  
policy prohibits directors and 
management from dealing in  
the company’s shares at any  
time the directors or employees 
are aware of unpublished,  
price-sensitive information.

Subject to this prohibition, 
directors and senior executives 
may buy or sell shares at any  
time except during the  
following periods:

•	 six	weeks	before	the	release	 
of the company’s half year 
results to the ASx, ending  
24 hours after the release; 

•	 six	weeks	before	the	release	 
of the company’s year end 
results to the ASx, ending  
24 hours after the release;  
and

•	 two	weeks	before	the	 

company’s AgM, ending  
24 hours after the AgM.

before any trading activity  
in company shares, directors  
and senior executives must 
complete an application form, 
which contains a declaration 
confirming they have no relevant 
knowledge pertaining to the 

company that is not available  
to the public. on receipt of the 
application form the company 
secretary will discuss the  
application with the chairman  
to obtain approval to trade.  
No trading can be undertaken 
before the application receives  
the approval of the company 
secretary. 

A copy of the trading policy  
is available in the corporate 
governance section of the 
company’s website.

The company’s code of  
conduct and share trading  
policy is consistent with  
ASx Principle 3.

safeguard integrity  
in financial reporting

financial reports

The company has put in  
place a structure of review and 
authorisation to independently 
verify and safeguard the integrity  
of financial reporting. 

The audit committee reviews  
the company’s financial statements 
and the independence of the 
external auditors.

Audit committee

garry hounsell is chairman of  
the board audit committee with 
Doug curlewis, John Stocker  
and Kerry hoggard as members. 
The committee has a majority  
of independent non-executive 
directors and is chaired by  
an independent director. 

Details of attendances at meetings 
of the audit committee are set out 
on page 30.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

24

 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance cOnTinued

garry hounsell has a bachelor  
of business (accounting) and  
is a former senior partner with 
Ernst & young and a former 
Australian country managing 
partner with Arthur Andersen.  
he has extensive experience 
across a range of areas relating  
to management and corporate 
finance and has worked with  
some of Australia’s leading 
companies in consulting and audit 
roles, with a particular emphasis  
in the manufacturing sector.  
he is chairman of PanAust Ltd, 
deputy chairman of Mitchell 
communication group Ltd 
and a director of qantas Airways 
Ltd and orica Ltd. garry is also 
chairman of the audit committee 
at qantas.

Doug curlewis has an MbA and  
is a former managing director of 
National consolidated Ltd, chief 
executive (Europe) of ici Paints 
and managing director of Dulux 
Australia. Doug is currently a 
director of guD holdings Ltd  
and Sigma Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 

John Stocker has a medical, 
scientific and management 
background and was formerly  
chief scientist of the  
commonwealth of Australia  
and is now the chairman  
of cSiRo. he is a principal  
of foursight Associates Pty  
Ltd and chairman of Sigma  
Pharmaceuticals Ltd and  
The Australian wine institute  
Ltd. he is a director of Telstra 
corporation Ltd. 

Kerry hoggard has extensive 
accounting and financial experience. 
Kerry began his career with the 

company in 1957 and, after a 
number of accounting, financial 
and commercial promotions,  
was chief executive officer  
from 1987 to 1999.

The committee reviews its  
charter annually.

The charter sets out membership 
requirements for the committee, 
its responsibilities and provides 
that the committee shall annually 
assess the external auditor’s actual 
or perceived independence by 
reviewing the services provided  
by the auditor. 

The charter also identifies those 
services that: 

•	 the	external	auditor	may	 
and may not provide; and 

•	 require	specific	audit	 
committee approval. 

The committee has recommended 
that any former lead engagement 
partner of the firm involved in the 
company’s external audit should 
not be invited to fill a vacancy on 
the board and the lead engagement 
audit partners will be required to 
rotate off the audit after a maximum 
five years involvement and it will 
be at least two years before that 
partner can again be involved  
in the company’s audit.

A copy of the audit committee 
charter and its duties is available  
in the corporate governance 
section of the company’s website.

The financial reporting system  
of the company is consistent  
with ASx Principle 4.

disclosure

The company has a detailed 
written policy and procedure  
to ensure compliance with  
both the ASx Listing Rules  
and corporations Act. This  
policy is reviewed regularly  
with the company’s legal  
advisers, in line with best  
practice.

The company secretary prepares  
a schedule of compliance and 
disclosure matters for directors  
to consider at each board meeting.

A summary of the disclosure 
policy is available in the corporate 
governance section of the 
company’s website.

The company’s disclosure policy  
is consistent with ASx Principle 5.

Rights of shareholders

communication

we are committed to timely, open 
and effective communication with 
our shareholders and the general 
investment community.

our communication policy aims to:

•	 ensure	that	shareholders	and	

the financial markets are 
provided with full and timely 
information about our activities;

•	 comply	with	our	continuous	

disclosure obligations;

•	 ensure	equality	of	access	to	
briefings, presentations and 
meetings for shareholders, 
analysts and media; and

•	 encourage	attendance	and	

voting at shareholder meetings.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

25

 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance cOnTinued

Postal and electronic  
communication with  
shareholders includes:

•	 half	year	and	annual	reports;

•	 proxy	voting;

•	 notice	of	AGM;	

•	 relevant	market	announcements	

and related information; and

•	 copies	of	webcasts	and	 

teleconferences.

our formal communications  
policy is available in the corporate 
governance section of the 
company’s website.

The company’s policy in relation  
to the rights of shareholders is 
consistent with ASx Principle 6.

identifying and  
managing risk

The board is committed to  
identifying, assessing, monitoring 
and managing its material business 
risks.

Nufarm’s policies and procedures 
relating to the management and 
oversight of risk provide effective 
management of material risks at  
a level appropriate to Nufarm’s 
global business.

The board annually, at its strategy 
review meeting, comprehensively 
reviews the material risks faced  
by the company. in so doing,  
it considers the interests of  
all relevant stakeholders. in 
addition, at each board meeting,  
management report on specific 
issues of risk and compliance, 
including legal compliance,  
health safety and environmental 
compliance and financial reporting.

The board has retained responsibility 
for the oversight of the company’s 
risk management system. The 
board ensures that appropriate 
policies are in place to ensure 
compliance with risk management 
controls and requires management 
to monitor, manage and report  
on business risks.

The board has delegated the 
oversight of financial and treasury 
risk, including credit, liquidity and 
market risks, to the audit committee 
which will refer any relevant 
matters to the full board. The  
year end exposure to these risks  
is described in Note 31 of the 
financial statements. 

The audit committee has approved 
a global risk management charter 
that specifies the responsibilities 
of the general manager global risk 
management (which includes the 
internal audit function). The charter 
provides authority to conduct 
internal audits, risk reviews and 
system-based analyses of the 
internal controls in major  
business systems. 

The general manager, global  
risk management reports directly 
to the managing director and 
provides a written report of his 
activities at each meeting of  
the audit committee. in so doing  
he has continual access to the 
chairman and members of the 
audit committee. The internal  
audit function is independent  
of the external auditor.

All board committees report to the 
board on risk management issues 
within their areas of responsibility.

The company recognises a number 
of operational risks related to its 
crop protection business including:

•	 climate	conditions	and	 

seasonality;

•	 regulatory,	freedom	to	operate,	
product registration, product  
use and sustainability;

•	 relationships	with	key	suppliers	

and customers; and 

•	 licences	and	operating	permits	
for manufacturing facilities.

The managing director and the 
company’s senior management 
(group general managers [ggMs] 
who report directly to the managing 
director) are responsible for the 
management of material risks  
in their respective areas of 
responsibility.

The managing director’s and 
ggMs’ regular reports, submitted 
for review to each board meeting, 
will include relevant commentary 
on any material risk. The board 
also requires the managing 
director and ggMs to provide  
the board, for its annual strategy 
meeting, with a report and 
assurance that all material risks 
are being effectively managed. 
Such a report was received in  
the current reporting period.

Local and regional financial 
controllers complete half yearly 
certificates, which are reviewed  
by the chief financial officer and 
the audit committee as part of  
the company’s half year reporting 
to the market and to achieve 
compliance with section 295A  
of the corporations Act. in 
accordance with Section 295A,  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

26

 
 
 
 
 
cORPORaTe gOveRnance cOnTinued

the board procedures to safeguard 
the integrity of the company’s 
financial reporting require the  
chief executive officer and the 
chief financial officer to state  
in writing to the board that:

•	 the	company’s	financial	reports	
present a true and fair view,  
in all material respects, of the 
company’s financial condition 
and operational results and  
are in accordance with relevant 
accounting standards; and

•	 the	statement	is	founded	 
on a sound system of risk 
management and internal 
compliance and control,  
which is operating effectively  
in all material respects in relation 
to financial reporting risks.

The board received in the current 
reporting period an assurance  
from the chief executive officer 
and chief financial officer that  
the declaration relating to the 
company’s financial reports has 
been made with due regard to 
appropriate risk management 
controls. 

A summary of the company’s 
policies on risk oversight and 
management of material business 
risks is available in the corporate 
governance section of the 
company’s website. Nufarm’s 
management of risk is consistent 
with ASx Principle 7.

Remuneration

The board has procedures to 
ensure that the level and structure 
of remuneration for executives 
and directors is appropriate.

Remuneration committee

Doug curlewis is chairman of  
the remuneration committee  
and Kerry hoggard and Donald 
Mcgauchie are members, with  
a majority of independent directors. 
The committee is chaired by an 
independent director.

The committee’s formal charter 
includes responsibility to:

•	 review	and	recommend	to	 
the board the remuneration 
packages and policies applicable 
to key executives and directors; 
and

•	 ensure	remuneration	packages	
and policies attract, retain and 
motivate high calibre executives.

The committee reports to the 
board on all matters and the board 
makes all decisions, except when 
power to act is delegated expressly 
to the committee.

Remuneration of non-executive 
directors

The board’s policy with regard  
to non-executive directors 
remuneration is set out in the 
remuneration report on pages  
32 to 38.

A copy of the remuneration 
committee charter and the 
company policy on prohibiting 
senior executives from hedging 
any shares offered under the 
executive share plan are available 
in the corporate governance 
section of the company’s website. 
Nufarm’s remuneration policies  
are consistent with ASx Principle 8.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

27

 
 
 
 
 
Financial sTaTeMenTs

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

28

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The directors present their report together with the financial report of Nufarm Limited (‘the company’) and of the 
group, being the company and its subsidiaries and the group’s interests in associates and jointly controlled entities, 
for the financial year ended 31 July 2009 and the auditor’s report thereon.

Directors

The directors of the company at any time during or since the end of the financial year are:

KM Hoggard (Chairman)
GDW Curlewis (Deputy Chairman)
DJ Rathbone AM (Managing Director)
Dr RJ Edgar (appointed 1 July 2009)
Dr WB Goodfellow
GA Hounsell
DG McGauchie AO
Dr JW Stocker AO

Unless otherwise indicated, all directors held their position as a director throughout the entire period and up  
to the date of this report. Details of the qualifications, experience and responsibilities and other directorships  
of the directors are set out on pages 18 and 19.

Company secretary

The company secretary is R Heath.

Details of the qualifications and experience of the company secretary are set out on page 16.

Directors’ interests in shares and Step-up Securities

Relevant interests of the directors in the shares and Step-up Securities issued by the company and related bodies 
corporate are, at the date of this report, as notified by the directors to the Australian Securities Exchange in 
accordance with S205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, as follows:

Nufarm Ltd 
ordinary shares 

Nufarm Finance (NZ) Ltd 
Step-up Securities

KM Hoggard1  
GDW Curlewis1  
DJ Rathbone  
Dr RJ Edgar 
Dr WB Goodfellow1, 2  
GA Hounsell1 
DG McGauchie1  
Dr JW Stocker1  

2,383,614 
48,280 
24,162,610 
– 
708,018 
46,720 
20,038 
43,780 

–
–
–
–
47,723
–
–
–

1  The shareholdings of KM Hoggard, GDW Curlewis, Dr WB Goodfellow, GA Hounsell, DG McGauchie and Dr JW Stocker include 

shares issued under the company’s non-executive director share plan and held by Pacific Custodians Pty Ltd as trustee of the plan.

2  The holding of Dr WB Goodfellow includes his relevant interest in:

(i)    St Kentigern Trust Board (430,186 shares and 19,727 Step-up Securities) – Dr Goodfellow is chairman of the Trust Board.  

Dr Goodfellow does not have a beneficial interest in these shares or Step-up Securities.

(ii)  Sulkem Company Limited (117,628 shares).

(iii)  Auckland Medical Research Foundation (26,558 Step-up Securities). Dr Goodfellow does not have a beneficial interest in these 

Step-up Securities.

(iv)  Trustees of the Goodfellow Foundation (35,698 shares and 1,338 Step-up Securities). Dr Goodfellow is chairman of the Trust 

Board and does not have a beneficial interest in these shares or Step-up Securities.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

Directors’ meetings

The number of directors’ meetings (including meetings of committees of directors) and number of meetings 
attended by each of the directors of the company during the financial year are:

Committees

Director 

Board 

Audit 

KM Hoggard1 
GDW Curlewis  
DJ Rathbone1  
Dr RJ Edgar2 
Dr WB Goodfellow1 
GA Hounsell1 
DG McGauchie  
Dr JW Stocker1 

A 

8 
8 
8 
1 
8 
8 
8 
8 

B 

8 
8 
8 
1 
8 
8 
8 
8 

A 

3 
3 
– 
– 
– 
3 
– 
3 

B 

3 
3 
3 
– 
– 
3 
– 
3 

Remuneration 
B 

A 

Nomination
B
A 

4 
4 
– 
– 
– 
– 
4 
– 

4 
4 
4 
– 
2 
2 
4 
1 

– 
3 
– 
– 
3 
– 
3 
– 

3
3
3
–
3
1
3
1

Column A: indicates the number of meetings held during the period the director was a member of the board  
and/or committee.

Column B: indicates the number of meetings attended during the period the director was a member of the  
board and/or committee.

Other meetings of committees of directors are convened as required to discuss specific issues or projects.

1  Attended meeting although not a member of the committee. All directors are entitled to attend any committee meetings.
2  Dr RJ Edgar was appointed a director on 1 July 2009.

Principal activities and changes

Nufarm manufactures and supplies a range of agricultural chemicals used by farmers to protect crops from damage 
caused by weeds, pests and disease. The company has production and marketing operations throughout the world 
and sells products in more than 100 countries. Nufarm’s crop protection products enjoy a reputation for high quality 
and reliability and are supported by strong brands, a commitment to innovation and a focus on close customer 
relationships.

Nufarm employs 3,155 people at its various locations in Australasia, Africa, the Americas and Europe.

The company is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (symbol NUF). Its head office is located at Laverton  
in Melbourne.

Results

The net profit attributable to members of the consolidated entity for the 12 months to 31 July 2009 is $79.9 million. 
The comparable figure for the 12 months to 31 July 2008 was $137.9 million.

Dividends

The following dividends have been paid, declared or recommended since the end of the preceding financial year:

The final dividend for 2007–08 of 23 cents paid 17 November 2008  
The interim dividend for 2008–09 of 12 cents paid 8 May 2009  
The final dividend for 2008–09 of 15 cents as declared and recommended by the directors  
is payable 13 November 2009  

$000

42,828
22,469

32,709 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

Nufarm Step-up Securities distribution payment

The following Nufarm Step-up Securities distribution payments have been paid since the end of the preceding  
financial year:

Distribution payment for the period 15 April 2008 – 15 October 2008 at the rate  
of 9.97 per cent per annum paid 15 October 2008 

Distribution payment for the period 16 October 2008 – 15 April 2009 at the rate  
of 7.48 per cent per annum paid 15 April 2009 

$000

12,547

9,361

Review of operations

The review of the operations during the financial year and the results of those operations are set out in the managing 
director’s review on pages 3 to 6 and the business review on pages 8 to 12.

State of affairs

The state of the company’s affairs are set out in the managing director’s review on pages 3 to 6 and the business 
review on pages 8 to 12.

Operations, financial position, business strategies and prospects

The directors believe that information on the company, which enables an informed assessment of its operations, 
financial position, strategies and prospects, is contained in the financial accounts, managing director’s review  
and the business review.

Events subsequent to reporting date

On 28 September 2009, the directors declared a final unfranked dividend of 15 cents per share, payable 
13 November 2009. 

With the UK Competition Commission inquiry now finalised, plans are advancing for the consolidation of the business 
activities in the UK at the Wyke location. The plant at Belvedere will cease production in October 2009. No material 
gain or loss is expected from the closure of the site.

On 5 August 2009, Nufarm acquired two US based sorghum companies, Richardson Seeds Ltd and MMR Genetics 
Ltd. Richardson Seeds is a leading producer and marketer of sorghum seed hybrids, with a leading market share 
in the US and expanding positions internationally. MMR Genetics is a global leader in the development of elite 
sorghum germplasm, used by many of the world’s top seed companies. Combined sales of Richardson Seeds 
and MMR in 2008 totaled approximately US$22 million.

Likely developments

The directors believe that likely developments in the company’s operations and the expected results of those 
operations are contained in the managing director’s review and the business review.

Environmental performance

Details of Nufarm’s performance in relation to environmental regulations are set out on pages 14 to 15. The company 
incurred the following prosecutions or fines in the financial period relating to environmental performance, namely 
the Chicago Heights facility was fined US$450 for three small violations of the permit limits for discharge of trade 
waste to sewer. The company publishes annually a health, safety and environment report. This report can be 
viewed on the company’s website or a copy will be made available upon request to the company secretary.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

Non-audit services

During the year KPMG, the company’s auditor, has performed certain other services in addition to their statutory 
duties. Details of the audit fee and non-audit services are set out in note 41 of the financial report.

The board has considered the non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor and in accordance with 
written advice provided by resolution of the audit committee, is satisfied that the provision of those non-audit 
services during the year by the auditor is compatible with, and did not compromise, the auditor independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the reason that all non-audit services were subject to the corporate 
governance procedures adopted by the company and have been reviewed by the audit committee to ensure  
they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of the auditor.

Remuneration report – audited

Remuneration committee 

The remuneration committee reviews and makes recommendations to the board on remuneration policies  
and packages applicable to key management personnel and directors and ensures that remuneration policies  
and packages retain and motivate high calibre executives and that remuneration policies demonstrate a clear 
relationship between executive remuneration and company performance.

In light of the company’s performance for the financial year ended 31 July 2009, the board has resolved:

•	 at	the	31	January	2009	half	year,	performance	conditions	for	applicable	cash	incentive	payments	had	been	 

met. Notwithstanding, only half of the entitlement was paid at that time;

•	 the	company	did	not	achieve	the	performance	condition	for	the	share	component	of	the	incentive	program	 

and therefore no shares will be delivered to executives for the period ended 31 July 2009; and

•	 there	will	be	no	increases	in	directors’	fees	for	the	period	ending	31	July	2010.

Key management personnel include the five most highly remunerated executives in accordance with S300A  
of the Corporations Act.

The remuneration levels of the managing director and key management personnel are recommended by the 
remuneration committee and approved by the board, having taken advice from independent external advisors.

Principles of compensation 

Executives

The Nufarm remuneration policy has been developed to ensure the company attracts and retains the highly skilled 
people required to successfully manage and create shareholder value from a large diversified company with extensive 
international operations.

The company has adopted a remuneration policy based on total target reward (TTR), which comprises two 
components:

•	 fixed	reward	(TEC)	–	cash	and	benefits	that	reflect	local	market	conditions	and	individual	contribution.	The	reward	
level is set relative to pertinent and prevailing executive employment market conditions for high calibre talent  
in the geographies where Nufarm operates. The company’s policy position for TEC for Australian executives,  
is benchmarked with reference to the 62nd percentile of similar sized companies within Mercer’s executive 
remuneration database; and

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

32

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

•	 an	incentive	program	–	upon	achievement	of	the	performance	condition	over	six	monthly	periods,	50	per	cent	
of the incentive will be paid in cash. Upon achievement of the performance condition for the full year, 50 per 
cent of the incentive will be delivered by way of shares, which, for the key management personnel, ensures  
a longer-term focus to achieve benefits consistent with the delivery of sustained growth of shareholder value. 
The exception is the current managing director who is paid in cash because of the very substantial shareholding 
he currently controls in the company. 

Management personnel are not permitted to hedge any shares issued to them under the incentive program 
whilst they remain held in trust.

If the company’s financial objectives are achieved and the incentive program is paid at 100 per cent, the TTR will 
meet the company’s TTR policy position of the upper quartile of similar sized companies within Mercer’s executive 
remuneration database. Set out below are details of the maximum payment for the incentive program where 
there has been above target achievement of the incentive program performance condition.

The performance condition for the incentive program is based on return on funds employed (ROFE) in the business. 
Return is calculated on the group’s earnings before interest and taxation and adjusted for any non-operating items. 
Funds employed are represented by shareholders’ funds plus total interest bearing debt. 

The company believes ROFE is an appropriate performance condition for the following reasons:

•	 for	many	years	the	board	has	measured	the	company’s	performance	using	an	‘economic	value	added’	 

methodology. It is believed that if the company can consistently add economic value (a satisfactory margin 
above the cost of capital), then this will be recognized in share value; and

•	 ROFE	ensures	management	is	focused	on	the	efficient	use	of	capital	and	the	measure	remains	effective	

regardless of the mix of equity and debt, which may change from time to time.

The remuneration committee and the board review the level of the performance condition on an annual basis.

Whilst it believes ROFE is an appropriate performance condition for the company’s incentive program, the board 
also reviews the company’s total shareholder return (TSR) with relevant comparator groups.

Each year, the board reviews and establishes the performance hurdle for the incentive program. The hurdle 
reflects	targets	for	specific	objectives	and	increasing	company	value,	consistent	with	the	company’s	business	
and investment strategies. 

The current target ROFE hurdle for the incentive program is 17.25 per cent.

At the end of each half year and financial year the board assesses company performance against target ROFE  
to determine the percentage of any offer to be made under the cash component of the incentive program.

At the end of each financial year, the board:

•	 assesses	company	performance	against	the	target	ROFE	hurdle	to	determine	the	percentage	of	any	offer	 

to be made under the share component of the incentive program; and 

•	 reviews	target	ROFE	for	the	incentive	program	for	the	following	financial	period.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

33

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

For the incentive program, 25 per cent of the incentive will be payable on achievement of 90 per cent of target 
ROFE with a linear progression to 100 per cent of the incentive on achievement of target ROFE and a maximum 
of 175 per cent of the incentive on achievement of 110 per cent of target ROFE.

If less than 90 per cent of target ROFE is achieved, no incentive will be paid.

The following table shows the proportion of incentive as a percentage of TTR.

Managing director 
Key management personnel other than non-executive directors 

Percentage (%) target ROFE achieved

<90 

0 
0 

90 

20 
14 

100 

110

50 
40 

64
54

Consequences of performance on shareholders’ wealth

The executive remuneration policy is designed to align remuneration with the creation of shareholder wealth.  
The incentive program links executive reward with company performance.

In light of the company’s performance for the financial year ended 31 July 2009, target ROFE for the incentive 
program was not achieved for the year ended 31 July 2009. Therefore, as set out in total B in the table of key 
management personnel remuneration on page 37 of this report, for the period ended 31 July 2009, executives 
will receive 25 per cent of the cash component of the incentive program (referable to the half year ended   
31 January 2009) and no shares under the share component of the incentive program.

Set out below is a table which summarises the company’s performance and shareholder wealth statistics over 
the last five years.

In considering the consolidated entity’s performance and benefits for shareholders’ wealth, the remuneration 
committee and the board have regard to the following indices in respect of the current financial year and the 
previous four financial years.

Operating 
EBIT 

ROFE 
achieved 

EPS 

**Total 
Dividend  Dividends  *Change in  Share price  shareholder 
return

paid  share price 

31 July 

rate 

$m 

% 

cents per share  

$000 

$ 

$ 

2005 
2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 

196.6 
211.2 
217.8 
311.2  
280.3 

19.8 
17.8 
16.6 
17.2 
11.7 

60.5 
60.3 
59.2 
69.7 
33.5 

26 
27 
31 
33 
35 

40,548 
45,879 
53,145 
58,332 
65,297 

4.08 
(1.37) 
4.31 
4.05 
(5.86) 

10.15 
8.80 
13.10 
16.85 
10.84 

*	 This	column	reflects	the	change	in	share	price	from	1	August	to	31	July	in	the	relevant	financial	year.

**  Source: Goldman Sachs JBWere – total shareholder return as at 30 June.

%

63
(2.3)
40
17
(41)

Service contracts

The company has employment contracts with the managing director and the key management personnel.  
These contracts formalise the terms and conditions of employment. The contracts are for an indefinite term.

The company may terminate the contracts upon, in the case of the managing director, 12 months, and in the case 
of key management personnel, six months notice, in which case a termination payment equivalent to, in the case 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

of the managing director, 24 months, and in the case of key management personnel, 12 months, total employment 
cost (base salary plus value of benefits such as motor vehicle and superannuation and any fringe benefits tax  
in relation to those benefits,) will be paid. The company may terminate the employment contracts immediately 
for serious misconduct.

Non-executive directors (NED)

The board’s policy with regard to NED remuneration is to position board remuneration at the market median with
comparable sized listed entities.

The board determines the fees payable to non-executive directors within the aggregate amount approved from 
time to time by shareholders. At the company’s 2006 AGM, shareholders approved an aggregate of $1,200,000 
per year (including superannuation costs).

Set out below are details of the annual fees payable at 31 July 2009 (excluding superannuation costs).

Chairman1  
Deputy chairman1  
Director board fees 
Chairman audit committee  
Chairman other board committees  
Member audit committee  
Member other board committees2  

$

290,000
170,000
115,000
25,000
10,000
5,000
2,500

The board has resolved that there will be no increases in these fees for the period ending 31 July 2010.

1  The chairman, KM Hoggard and the deputy chairman, GDW Curlewis, receive no fees as members of any committee.

2  There is some common membership on the remuneration committee and nomination committee. Only one fee is paid where  

a director is a member of both committees.

The board has created a non-executive share plan (NED plan) whereby a director can elect to commit a proportion 
of director fees to acquire company shares. The number of shares available in the plan will be calculated quarterly, 
using the weighted average of the price at which shares were traded on the ASX in the five days up to and 
including the day when shares are allocated to a director. Shares in the plan will not vest until the earlier of three 
years or retirement. Other than in this respect, non-executive director remuneration is paid in cash. No element 
of remuneration is performance related, i.e., linked to short term or long term incentives.

The NED plan has been suspended pending resolution of the changes to taxation of share plans introduced  
by the Federal Government.

On 31 October 2003, directors unanimously resolved to discontinue the directors’ retirement benefit plan and 
benefits accrued under the plan were calculated and, at the option of the relevant director, converted into shares 
or paid to the director’s superannuation fund.

Remuneration of directors and executives

Details of the nature and amount of each major element of remuneration in respect of key management personnel,
which includes each director of the company and each of the five most highly remunerated executives and 
relevant group executives who receive the highest remuneration are: 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short term 

Short term 

employment 

Post- 

Share based  

payments 

Other 

long term 

Salary  Cash bonus  Non-monetary 
benefits 
$ 

(vested3) 
$ 

and fees 
$ 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

In AuD  

Directors 
non-executive 

KM Hoggard (Chairperson)  

GDW Curlewis (Deputy chairman)  

Dr RJ Edgar5 

Dr WB Goodfellow  

GA Hounsell  

DG McGauchie  

Dr JW Stocker  

RFE Warburton6 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

290,000 
228,000 

116,500 
112,000 

– 
– 

100,250 
86,750 

122,750 
110,500 

117,500 
92,750 

102,750 
89,750 

– 
57,911 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

Executive director 

DJ Rathbone (Managing director) 

Executive officers 

DA Pullan (Group general manager operations) 

KP Martin (Chief financial officer)  

B Benson (Group general manager marketing)  

RF Ooms (Group general manager chemicals)  

RG Reis (Group general manager corporate  
strategy and external affairs)  

DA Mellody (Group general manager global marketing)  

MJ Pointon (Group general manager innovation  
and development) 

R Heath (Company secretary)  

2009 
2008 

1,251,350 
1,124,760 

923,000 
1,525,244 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

2009 
2008 

539,456 
476,138 

508,708 
447,447 

511,820 
462,264 

470,017 
443,781 

452,278 
387,152 

482,846 
324,688 

246,643 
200,031 

228,780 
219,309 

57,500 
535,051 

55,000 
502,077 

55,000 
498,387 

49,583 
500,386 

45,833, 
377,168 

38,922 
330,815 

53,534 
61,648 

25,417 
257,650 

1  Total A represents total remuneration paid in the financial year.

2  Total B represents total remuneration referable to the financial period ended 31 July. The difference between Total A and Total B  

reflects	the	timing	of	incentive	payments	being	accrued	and	settled.

3  All cash bonuses were fully vested.

4  Other than to MJ Pointon, who was promoted to the role of group general manager innovation and development in 2008, no share based  

offers were made to executives for the period ended 31 July 2008 because of the ChemChina takeover offer. Payments were made in cash.

5  Dr RJ Edgar was appointed a director on 1 July 2009.

6  RFE Warburton retired as a director on 5 December 2007.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

36

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

64,029 
37,587 

25,890 
43,010 

27,063 
25,713 

29,859 
36,191 

13,595 
10,423 

39,401 
36,049 

– 
23,919 

28,761 
26,046 

26,630 
32,519 

Total  Superannuation 

Equity settled4 

$ 

$ 

Total A 

Total B

Total  Remuneration 

remuneration1  relative to year2

290,000 

228,000 

116,500 

112,000 

– 

– 

100,250 

86,750 

122,750 

110,500 

117,500 

92,750 

102,750 

89,750 

– 

57,911 

2,238,379 

2,687,591 

622,846 

1,054,199 

590,771 

975,237 

596,679 

996,842 

533,195 

954,590 

537,512 

800,369 

521,768 

679,422 

328,938 

287,725 

280,827 

509,478 

29,000 

24,000 

45,000 

42,000 

– 

– 

11,750 

9,625 

14,000 

12,000 

11,750 

9,750 

12,000 

9,875 

– 

6,266 

18,332 

15,286 

94,104 

93,339 

94,006 

87,171 

94,866 

83,419 

90,010 

87,901 

46,897 

44,692 

47,430 

42,150 

44,853 

34,015 

44,983 

42,653 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

12,000 

25,500 

17,250 

9,500 

17,250 

9,500 

– 

4,750 

17,250 

9,500 

– 

4,750 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

208,333 

200,000 

200,000 

188,333 

166,667 

150,000 

74,866 

47,045 

96,667 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

23,943 

29,892 

27,007 

32,841 

19,813 

24,085 

15,865 

15,872 

21,282 

47,215 

15,074 

27,999 

15,409 

4,471 

9,408 

11,353 

$ 

– 

– 

319,000 

264,000 

187,000 

154,000 

129,250 

105,875 

154,000 

132,000 

129,250 

107,250 

132,000 

109,125 

– 

68,927 

949,226 

1,177,430 

911,784 

1,095,249 

911,358 

1,104,346 

827,403 

1,058,363 

772,358 

892,276 

734,272 

749,571 

464,066 

373,256 

431,885 

563,484 

$

–

–

319,000

264,000

187,000

154,000

129,250

105,875

154,000

132,000

129,250

107,250

132,000

109,125

–

68,927

740,893

1,059,046

711,784

1,018,172

711,358

1,005,959

639,070

934,644

605,691

848,441

584,272

718,756

389,200

448,122

335,218

499,167

114,567 

105,538 

2,371,278 

2,808,415 

1,591,278

2,583,171

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short term 

Salary  Cash bonus  Non-monetary 

and fees 

(vested3) 

benefits 

$ 

$ 

In AuD  

Directors 

non-executive 

KM Hoggard (Chairperson)  

GDW Curlewis (Deputy chairman)  

Dr RJ Edgar5 

Dr WB Goodfellow  

GA Hounsell  

DG McGauchie  

Dr JW Stocker  

RFE Warburton6 

Executive director 

DJ Rathbone (Managing director) 

Executive officers 

DA Pullan (Group general manager operations) 

KP Martin (Chief financial officer)  

B Benson (Group general manager marketing)  

RF Ooms (Group general manager chemicals)  

RG Reis (Group general manager corporate  

strategy and external affairs)  

DA Mellody (Group general manager global marketing)  

MJ Pointon (Group general manager innovation  

and development) 

R Heath (Company secretary)  

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

57,500 

535,051 

55,000 

502,077 

55,000 

498,387 

49,583 

500,386 

45,833, 

377,168 

38,922 

330,815 

53,534 

61,648 

25,417 

257,650 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008 

290,000 

228,000 

116,500 

112,000 

– 

– 

100,250 

86,750 

122,750 

110,500 

117,500 

92,750 

102,750 

89,750 

– 

57,911 

539,456 

476,138 

508,708 

447,447 

511,820 

462,264 

470,017 

443,781 

452,278 

387,152 

482,846 

324,688 

246,643 

200,031 

228,780 

219,309 

2009 

2008 

1,251,350 

1,124,760 

923,000 

1,525,244 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

64,029 

37,587 

25,890 

43,010 

27,063 

25,713 

29,859 

36,191 

13,595 

10,423 

39,401 

36,049 

– 

23,919 

28,761 

26,046 

26,630 

32,519 

2  Total B represents total remuneration referable to the financial period ended 31 July. The difference between Total A and Total B  

1  Total A represents total remuneration paid in the financial year.

reflects	the	timing	of	incentive	payments	being	accrued	and	settled.

3  All cash bonuses were fully vested.

4  Other than to MJ Pointon, who was promoted to the role of group general manager innovation and development in 2008, no share based  

offers were made to executives for the period ended 31 July 2008 because of the ChemChina takeover offer. Payments were made in cash.

5  Dr RJ Edgar was appointed a director on 1 July 2009.

6  RFE Warburton retired as a director on 5 December 2007.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

Short term 

Post- 
employment 

Share based  
payments 

Other 
long term 

Total  Superannuation 
$ 

$ 

Equity settled4 
$ 

290,000 
228,000 

116,500 
112,000 

– 
– 

100,250 
86,750 

122,750 
110,500 

117,500 
92,750 

102,750 
89,750 

– 
57,911 

2,238,379 
2,687,591 

622,846 
1,054,199 

590,771 
975,237 

596,679 
996,842 

533,195 
954,590 

537,512 
800,369 

521,768 
679,422 

328,938 
287,725 

280,827 
509,478 

29,000 
24,000 

45,000 
42,000 

– 
– 

11,750 
9,625 

14,000 
12,000 

11,750 
9,750 

12,000 
9,875 

– 
6,266 

18,332 
15,286 

94,104 
93,339 

94,006 
87,171 

94,866 
83,419 

90,010 
87,901 

46,897 
44,692 

47,430 
42,150 

44,853 
34,015 

44,983 
42,653 

Total A 

Total B

Total  Remuneration 
remuneration1  relative to year2
$

$ 

319,000 
264,000 

187,000 
154,000 

– 
– 

129,250 
105,875 

154,000 
132,000 

129,250 
107,250 

132,000 
109,125 

– 
68,927 

319,000
264,000

187,000
154,000

–
–

129,250
105,875

154,000
132,000

129,250
107,250

132,000
109,125

–
68,927

$ 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
12,000 

25,500 
– 

– 
– 

17,250 
9,500 

17,250 
9,500 

– 
4,750 

17,250 
9,500 

– 
4,750 

– 
– 

114,567 
105,538 

2,371,278 
2,808,415 

1,591,278
2,583,171

208,333 
– 

200,000 
– 

200,000 
– 

188,333 
– 

166,667 
– 

150,000 
– 

74,866 
47,045 

96,667 
– 

23,943 
29,892 

27,007 
32,841 

19,813 
24,085 

15,865 
15,872 

21,282 
47,215 

15,074 
27,999 

15,409 
4,471 

9,408 
11,353 

949,226 
1,177,430 

911,784 
1,095,249 

911,358 
1,104,346 

827,403 
1,058,363 

772,358 
892,276 

734,272 
749,571 

464,066 
373,256 

431,885 
563,484 

740,893
1,059,046

711,784
1,018,172

711,358
1,005,959

639,070
934,644

605,691
848,441

584,272
718,756

389,200
448,122

335,218
499,167

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINuED

Remuneration options: granted and vested during the year

During the year there were no options granted to directors or executives, nor were any options vested or exercised 
by the specified executives.

Shares issued as a result of the exercise of options

There were no shares issued as a result of the exercise of options during the year.

unissued shares under option

There are no unissued shares under option.

Indemnities and insurance for directors and officers

The company has entered into insurance contracts, which indemnify directors and officers of the company, and 
its controlled entities against liabilities. In accordance with normal commercial practices, under the terms of the 
insurance contracts, the nature of the liabilities insured against and the amount of premiums paid are confidential.
An indemnity agreement has been entered into between the company and each of the directors named earlier  
in this report. Under the agreement, the company has agreed to indemnify the directors against any claim or for 
any expenses or costs, which may arise as a result of the performance of their duties as directors. There are no 
monetary limits to the extent of this indemnity.

Lead auditor’s independence declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is set out on page 39 and forms part of the directors’ report for  
the financial year ended 31 July 2009.

Rounding of amounts

The company is of a kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investment Commission Class Order 98/100 dated 
10 July 1998 and, in accordance with that class order, amounts in the financial statements and the directors’ 
report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

This report has been made in accordance with a resolution of directors.

KM Hoggard
Director

DJ Rathbone
Director

Melbourne
28 September 2009

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

38

 
 
 
 
 
LEAD AuDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 
UNDER SECTION 307C OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT 2001

To: the directors of Nufarm Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit for the financial year ended  
31 July 2009 there have been:

(i)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001  

in relation to the audit; and

(ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

KPMG

Paul J McDonald
Partner

Melbourne
28 September 2009

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member films affiliated with  
KPMG International, a Swiss cooperative.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

39

 
 
 
 
 
INCOmE STATEmENTS
FOR THE yEAR ENDED 31 JULy 2009 

Consolidated 

Company

Note 

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Continuing operations
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Other income 
Sales, marketing and distribution expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Share of net profits of associates 

Operating result 

Barter trade loss realised on option  
contracts – Brazil 
Net non-cash revaluation profit/(loss)  
on proceeds from Nufarm Step-up Securities  
financing 

Profit before net financing costs  
and income tax 

Financial income 
Financial expenses 

Net financing costs 

7 

19 

6 

6 

6 

10 
10 

2,677,083  
(2,121,446) 

2,492,458  
(1,747,965) 

555,637  

744,493  

11,054  
(210,914) 
(162,018) 
(45,375) 
3,080  

151,464  

5,519  
(263,878) 
(138,378) 
(41,585) 
2,698  

308,869  

– 

(34,259) 

(431) 

(4,119) 

48,584  
(36,184) 

12,400  

55,249 
(3,846) 
(5,057) 
(860) 
1,090  

58,976  

– 

– 

57,919 
(39,910)

18,009 

63,060 
(4,784)
(7,076)
(515)
1,237 

69,931 

–

–

151,033  

270,491  

58,976  

69,931 

8,177  
(100,253) 

(92,076) 

3,202  
(83,397) 

(80,195) 

698  
(3,160) 

(2,462) 

119 
(3,183)

(3,064)

Profit before income tax 

58,957  

190,296  

56,514  

66,867 

Income tax (expense)/benefit 

11 

21,585  

(52,176) 

(1,165) 

(2,169)

Profit for the period from continuing  
operations 

6 

80,542  

138,120  

55,349  

64,698 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the company 
Minority interest 

79,877  
665  

137,915  
205  

55,349  
– 

64,698 
–

Profit for the period 

80,542  

138,120  

55,349  

64,698 

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Continuing operations 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

30 
30 

30 
30 

33.5  
33.5  

33.5  
33.5  

69.7  
69.7  

69.7  
69.7  

 The income statements are to be read in conjunction with the attached notes. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE ShEETS 
AS AT 31 JULy 2009

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Current tax assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Receivables 
Equity accounted investments 
Other investments 
Deferred tax assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Other financial assets 

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

Current liabilities 
Bank overdraft 
Trade and other payables 
Loans and borrowings 
Employee benefits 
Current tax payable 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Payables 
Loans and borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Employee benefits 

Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

Equity  
Share capital 
Reserves 
Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to equity holders  
of the company 
Nufarm Step-up Securities 
Minority interest 

TOTAL EQuITY 

Consolidated 

Company

Note 

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

15 
16 
17 
18 

16 
19 
20 
18 
22 
23 
21 

15 
24 
25 
26 
18 
28 

24 
25 
18 
26 

29 
29 
29 

29 
29 

29 

84,312  
787,760  
797,383  
48,973  

59,143  
839,963  
843,544  
61,185  

1,856  
790,324  
17,734  
93  

3,308 
467,536 
17,318 
12,860 

1,718,428  

1,803,835  

810,007  

501,022 

33,125  
12,468  
7,442  
194,960  
435,468  
848,739  
967  

29,041  
24,264  
354  
93,270  
433,112  
821,500  
8,504  

– 
9,803  
306,331  
2,921  
4,864  
971  
– 

–
9,206 
300,769 
1,603 
5,283 
49 
–

1,533,169  

1,410,045  

324,890  

316,910 

3,251,597  

3,213,880  

1,134,897  

817,932 

35,669  
407,421  
584,692  
20,671  
17,772  
26,091  

20,841  
778,060  
587,612  
18,222  
12,461  
6,184  

– 
107,397  
– 
432  
5,804  
– 

–
133,671 
–
342 
7,227 
–

1,092,316  

1,423,380  

113,633  

141,240 

17,695  
402,327  
64,215  
43,105  

527,342  

39,842  
351,456  
57,239  
36,745  

485,282  

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

–
–
74 
52 

126 

1,619,658  

1,908,662  

113,633  

141,366 

1,631,939  

1,305,218  

1,021,264  

676,566 

812,844  
(13,006) 
584,348  

456,870  
6,822  
593,558  

812,844  
36,027  
172,393  

1,384,186  
246,932  
821  

1,057,250  
246,932  
1,036  

1,021,264  
– 
– 

456,870 
37,355 
182,341 

676,566 
–
–

1,631,939  

1,305,218  

1,021,264  

676,566 

The balance sheets are to be read in conjunction with the attached notes. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEmENTS OF CASh FLOwS 
FOR THE yEAR ENDED 31 JULy 2009

Consolidated 

Company

Note 

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash receipts from customers 
Cash paid to suppliers and employees 

Cash generated from operations 
Interest received 
Dividends received 
Interest paid 
Income tax paid 
Payment for barter trade loss realised  
on option contracts – Brazil 

2,874,917  
(2,799,092) 

2,580,996  
(2,523,981) 

75,825  
8,177  
423  
(100,252) 
(37,298) 

57,015  
3,202  
373  
(83,397) 
(70,336) 

53,928  
(54,180) 

(252) 
698  
52,700  
(3,160) 
8,827  

65,692 
(55,281)

10,411 
119 
59,817 
(3,183)
(10,921)

– 

(34,259) 

– 

–

Net cash from operating activities 

37  

(53,125) 

(127,402) 

58,813  

56,243 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant  
and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of businesses  
and investments 
Payments for plant and equipment 
Payment for investments 
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Payments for acquired intangibles and  
major product development expenditure 

284  

8,086  

– 

70 

12,821  
(54,317) 
(8,321) 
(14,454) 

3,306  
(69,509) 
– 
(374,256) 

– 
(191) 
– 
– 

–
(1,524)
–
–

(48,257) 

(61,211) 

(989) 

(62)

Net investing cash flows 

(112,244) 

(493,584) 

(1,180) 

(1,516)

Cash flows from financing activities 
Shares issued under private placement  
(net of costs) 
Shares issued under share purchase plan 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Repayment of receivables securitisation  
program 
Advances to controlled entities 
Distribution to NSS holders 
Dividends paid 

294,764  
35,691  
56,022  
(43,799) 

(94,728) 
– 
(21,908) 
(53,208) 

197,755  
10,791  
600,774  
(148,272) 

– 
– 
(22,036) 
(58,422) 

294,764  
35,691  
– 
– 

– 
(337,008) 
– 
(52,592) 

197,755 
10,791 
–
–

–
(212,452)
–
(58,264)

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

42

Net financing cash flows 

172,834  

580,590  

(59,145) 

(62,170)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash  
equivalents 
Cash at the beginning of the year 
Exchange	rate	fluctuations	on	foreign	 
cash balances 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 July 

15  

7,465  
38,302  

2,876  

48,643  

(40,396) 
79,661  

(1,512) 
3,308 

(963) 

60  

38,302  

1,856  

(7,443)
12,367 

(1,616)

3,308 

The	statements	of	cash	flows	are	to	be	read	in	conjunction	with	the	attached	notes.	

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
STATEmENTS OF RECOGNISED INCOmE AND ExPENSE
FOR THE yEAR ENDED 31 JULy 2009

Consolidated 

Company

Note 

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Items recognised directly in equity
Foreign exchange translation differences  
for foreign operations  

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined  
benefit plans 

Income tax on share issue costs  
recognised directly in equity 

29  

(19,788) 

(2,491) 

(1,328) 

(7,871)

29  

(8,454) 

(2,451) 

– 

–

29  

1,683  

699  

1,683  

699 

Income and expense recognised directly  
in equity 

(26,559) 

(4,243) 

355  

(7,172)

Profit for the year 

80,542  

138,120  

55,349  

64,698 

Total recognised income and expense  
for the year 

53,983  

133,877  

55,704  

57,526 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Minority interest 

53,895  
88  

133,702  
175  

55,704  
– 

57,526 
–

Total recognised income and expense  
for the year 

53,983  

133,877  

55,704  

57,526 

Other movements in equity arising from transactions with owners are set out in note 29.

The amounts recognised directly in equity are disclosed net of tax – see note 11 for tax effect.

The statements of recognised income and expense are to be read in conjunction with the attached notes.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS

1. Reporting entity 

Nufarm Limited (the ‘company’) is domiciled in Australia. The address of the company’s registered office is 
103–105 Pipe Road, Laverton North, Victoria, 3026. The consolidated financial statements of the company as  
at and for the year ended 31 July 2009 comprise the company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the 
‘group’ and individually as ‘group entities’) and the group’s interest in associates and jointly controlled entities. 
The group is primarily involved in the manufacture and sale of crop protection products used by farmers to 
protect crops from damage caused by weeds, pests and disease. 

2. Basis of preparation 

(a) Statement of compliance 

The financial report is a general purpose financial report which has been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards (AASBs) (including Australian interpretations) adopted by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001. The consolidated financial report of the group and the 
financial report of the company comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations 
adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 

(b) Basis of measurement 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for derivative 
financial instruments which are measured at fair value. The methods used to measure fair values are discussed 
further in note 4. 

(c) Functional and presentation currency 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the company’s functional 
currency. The company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 and in accordance 
with that Class Order, all financial information presented in Australian dollars has been rounded to the nearest 
thousand unless otherwise stated. 

(d) Use of estimates and judgements 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and 
expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed  
on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate  
is revised and in any future periods affected. 

Information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies 
that have the most significant impact on the amount recognised in the financial statements are described below. 

(i) Business combinations   

Fair valuing assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination involves making assumptions about the 
timing	of	cash	inflows	and	outflows,	growth	assumptions,	discount	rates	and	cost	of	debt.	Refer	to	note	14	 
for details of acquisitions made during the period.  

(ii) Impairment testing 

The group determines whether goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives are impaired on an annual 
basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units, using a value in use 
discounted	cash	flow	methodology.	The	estimation	of	future	cash	flows	requires	management	to	make	significant	
estimates and judgements concerning the identification of impairment indicators, earnings before interest and 
tax, growth rates, applicable discount rates and useful lives. Further details can be found in note 23 on intangibles. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

2. Basis of preparation (continued)

(d) Use of estimates and judgements (continued)

(iii) Income taxes   

The group is subject to income taxes in Australia and overseas jurisdictions. There are many transactions  
and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination  
is uncertain. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts initially recorded, such 
differences will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period in which the tax determination is 
made. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will  
be available against which the assets can be utilised.   

(iv) Defined benefit plans 

A liability in respect of defined benefit pension plans is recognised in the balance sheet, and is measured as  
the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the reporting date less the fair value of the pension plan’s 
assets. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is based on expected future payments which arise 
from membership of the fund at the reporting date, calculated annually by independent actuaries. Consideration 
is given to expected future salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Refer note 
26 for details of the key assumptions used in determining the accounting for these plans.   

(v) Valuation of inventories  

Inventories of finished goods, raw materials and work in progress are valued at lower of cost and net realisable 
value. The net realisable value of inventories is the estimated market price at the time the product is expected  
to be sold.  

(vi) Valuation of receivables 

Nufarm and a major supplier are currently in dispute with respect to a claim that the supplier is liable for a relevant 
share of losses attributable to the sale of product during the 2009 financial year.    

The parties entered into an Agreement in 2002 that provides for the sharing of costs and proceeds associated 
with Nufarm’s sale of products. Nufarm’s claim, for approximately $37 million, is being contested by the supplier. 
Nufarm is confident it will recover all of this amount and will vigorously pursue its claim. 

3. Significant accounting policies 

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated 
financial statements, and have been applied consistently by group entities. 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.  

(a) Basis of consolidation  

Subsidiaries 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the group. Control exists when the group has the power to govern the 
financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The financial statements  
of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until 
the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed when necessary to align 
them with the policies adopted by the group. 

In the company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of consolidation (continued)

Associates and jointly controlled entities (equity accounted investments)

Associates	are	those	entities	in	which	the	group	has	significant	influence,	but	not	control,	over	the	financial	 
and operating policies.

Significant	influence	is	presumed	to	exist	when	the	group	holds	between	20	and	50	per	cent	of	the	voting	 
power of another entity.

Jointly controlled entities are those entities over whose activities the group has joint control, established  
by contractual agreement and requiring unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.

Associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investments) 
and are initially recognised at cost. The group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any 
accumulated impairment losses. The consolidated financial statements include the group’s share of the income 
and expenses and equity movements of equity accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting 
policies	with	those	of	the	group,	from	the	date	that	significant	influence	or	joint	control	commences	until	the	 
date	that	significant	influence	or	joint	control	ceases.

When the group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investment, the carrying amount  
of that interest is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that  
the group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity accounted 
investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of 
impairment.  

Gains and losses are recognised when the contributed assets are consumed or sold by the equity accounted 
investee or, if not consumed or sold by the equity accounted investee, when the group’s interest in such entities 
is disposed of. 

(b) Foreign currency 

Foreign currency transactions 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of group entities at 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate at that date. Non-
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated 
to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency 
differences arising on retranslation are recognised in profit or loss. Foreign currency gains and losses are included 
in cost of sales as they mostly relate to the purchase of raw materials from overseas suppliers. 

Foreign operations 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, 
are translated to Australian dollars at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign 
operations are translated to Australian dollars at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(b) Foreign currency (continued)

Foreign operations (continued)

Foreign currency translation differences are recognised directly in equity. Since 1 August 2004, the group’s date 
of transition to Australian equivalents to IFRS, such differences have been recognised in the foreign currency 
translation reserve (FCTR).

When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in FCTR is transferred to profit or loss. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign subsidiary, 
the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net 
investment in a foreign subsidiary and are recognised directly in equity in FCTR. 

(c) Financial instruments 

Non-derivative financial instruments 

Non-derivative financial instruments comprise trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans  
and borrowings, and trade and other payables. 

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction 
costs. 

Subsequent to initial recognition non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below. 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable  
on demand and form an integral part of the group’s cash management are included as a component of cash  
and	cash	equivalents	for	the	purpose	of	statement	of	cash	flows.	

Accounting for finance income and expense is discussed in note 3(n). 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

An instrument is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is held for trading or is designated as such 
upon initial recognition. Financial instruments are designated at fair value through profit or loss if the group manages 
such investments and makes purchases and sale decisions based on their fair value in accordance with the group’s 
documented risk management or investment strategy. Upon initial recognition attributable transaction costs are 
recognised in profit and loss when incurred. Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured 
at fair value, and changes therein are recognised in profit or loss. 

Other 

Other non-derivative financial instruments are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, 
less any impairment losses. 

Derivative financial instruments 

The group holds derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposures. 

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value, with attributable transaction costs recognised in profit or loss 
when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives continue to be measured at fair value, with changes 
therein accounted for in profit or loss. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

47

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(c) Financial instruments  (continued)

Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Cash flow hedges 

The	group	has	not	entered	into	any	cash	flow	hedging	transactions	in	the	current	or	comparative	periods.	

Share capital 

Ordinary shares 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares  
are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any related income tax benefit. Dividends on ordinary shares 
are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared. 

Hybrid securities 

The group has on issue a hybrid security called Nufarm Step-up Securities (NSS). The NSS are classified as equity 
instruments and after-tax distributions thereon are recognised as distributions within equity. 

(d) Property, plant and equipment 

Recognition and measurement 

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 
The cost of property, plant and equipment at 1 August 2004, the date of transition to AIFRS, was determined by 
reference to its fair value at that date. 

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed 
assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset 
to a working condition for its intended use, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring 
the site on which they are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment 
is capitalised as part of that equipment. Borrowing costs related to the acquisition or construction of qualifying  
assets are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. 

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as 
separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment. 

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognised net within ‘other 
income’ in profit or loss. 

Subsequent costs 

The cost of replacing part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the carrying amount of  
the	item	if	it	is	probable	that	the	future	economic	benefits	embodied	within	the	part	will	flow	to	the	group	and	its	
cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. The costs of day-to-day 
servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. 

Depreciation 

Depreciation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part  
of an item of property, plant and equipment. Lease assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term  
and their useful lives, unless it is reasonably certain that the group will obtain ownership by the end of the  
lease term. Land is not depreciated.  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(d) Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Recognition and measurement (continued)

Depreciation (continued)

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

•	 buildings	

15–50	years	

•	 leasehold	improvements	 5	years	

•	 plant	and	equipment	

10–15	years	

•	 motor	vehicles	

5	years	

•	 computer	equipment	

3	years	

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each reporting date. 

(e) Intangible assets 

Goodwill 

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities. 

Acquisitions prior to 1 August 2004 

As part of its transition to IFRS, the group elected not to restate those business combinations that occurred prior 
to 1 August 2004. In respect of acquisitions prior to 1 August 2004, goodwill represents the amount recognised 
under the group’s previous accounting framework, Australian GAAP. 

Acquisitions since 1 August 2004 

For acquisitions since 1 August 2004, goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the 
group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. 
When the excess is negative, it is recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

Acquisitions of minority interests 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a minority interest in a subsidiary represents the excess of the cost of the 
additional investment over the carrying amount of the net assets acquired at the date of acquisition. 

Subsequent measurement 

Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity investments, the carrying 
amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment. 

Research and development 

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge 
and understanding, is recognised in profit or loss when incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products  
and processes. Development expenditure is capitalised only if development costs can be measured reliably,  
the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the 
group has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. The expenditure capitalised 
includes the cost of materials, direct labour and overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the 
asset for its intended use. Borrowing costs related to the development of qualifying assets are recognised in 
profit or loss as incurred. Development expenditure that does not meet the above criteria is recognised in profit  
or loss as incurred. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(e) Intangible assets (continued)

Research and development (continued)

Capitalised development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Intellectual property

Intellectual property consists of product registrations, product access rights, trademarks, task force seats, product 
distribution rights and product licences acquired from third parties. Generally, product registrations, product access 
rights, trademarks and task force seats, if purchased outright, are considered to have an indefinite life as there 
are minimal annual fees to maintain the assets. Other items of acquired intellectual property are considered to 
have a finite life in accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement. Intellectual property intangibles acquired 
by the group are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Expenditure on internally 
generated goodwill and brands is expensed when incurred.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the group, which have finite useful lives, are measured at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific 
asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is recognised in profit or loss when incurred.

Amortisation

For those intangibles with a finite life, amortisation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful life for intangible assets with a finite life, in the current 
and comparative periods, are as follows: 

•	 capitalised	development	costs	

	5	years

•	 intellectual	property	–	finite	life	

	Over	the	useful	life	in	accordance	with	the	acquisition	agreement	terms

•	 computer	software	

	3	to	7	years

(f) Leased assets 

Leases in terms of which the group assumes substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are classified 
as finance leases. Upon initial recognition, the leased asset is measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair 
value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted 
for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset. Other leases are operating leases and the 
leased assets are not recognised on the group’s balance sheet. 

(g) Inventories 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on the 
first-in first-out principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion 
costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured 
inventories and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of overheads based on normal operating 
capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated 
costs of completion and selling expenses. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(h) Impairment 

Financial assets 

A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that it 
is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events 
have	had	a	negative	effect		on	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	of	that	asset.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference 
between	its	carrying	amount,	and	the	present	value	of	estimated	future	cash	flows	discounted	at	the	original	
effective interest rate.

Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The remaining financial 
assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics.

All impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.

An impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment 
loss was recognised. For financial assets measured at amortised cost, the reversal is recognised in profit or loss.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are 
reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication 
exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives 
or that are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value  
less	costs	to	sell.	In	assessing	value	in	use,	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	are	discounted	to	their	present	value	
using	a	pre-tax	discount	rate	that	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	
specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group 
of	assets	that	generates	cash	flows	from	continuing	use	that	are	largely	independent	of	the	cash	inflows	of	other	
assets or groups of assets. The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, 
is allocated to cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect 
of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units 
and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognised 
in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer 
exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable 
amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the 
carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had 
been recognised.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(i) Non-current assets held for sale 

Non-current assets (or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities) that are expected to be recovered primarily 
through sale rather than continuing use are classified as held for sale. Immediately before classification as held 
for sale, the assets (or components of a disposal group) are remeasured in accordance with the group’s accounting 
policies. Thereafter generally the assets (or disposal group) are measured at the lower of their carrying amount 
and fair value less cost to sell. Any impairment loss on a disposal group is allocated first to goodwill, and then  
to the remaining assets and liabilities on a pro-rata basis, except that no loss is allocated to inventories, financial 
assets, deferred tax assets and employee benefit assets, which continue to be measured in accordance with  
the group’s accounting policies. Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale and subsequent  
gains or losses on remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss. Gains are not recognised in excess of  
any cumulative impairment loss. 

(j) Employee benefits

Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into 
a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions 
to defined contribution plans are recognised as an expense in profit or loss when they are due. Prepaid contributions 
are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.

Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The group’s net 
obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of 
future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit 
is discounted to determine its present value. Any unrecognised past service costs and the fair value of any plan 
assets are deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on government bonds that have maturity 
dates approximating the terms of the group’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which 
the benefits are expected to be paid. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the projected 
unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the group, the recognised asset is limited to the 
net total of any unrecognised past service costs and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or 
reductions in future contributions to the fund. An economic benefit is available to the group if it is realisable 
during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

When the benefits of a fund are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees 
is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested.  
To the extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

The group recognises all actuarial gains and losses arising from the defined benefit plans directly in equity 
immediately.

Other long term employee benefits

The group’s net obligation in respect of long term employee benefits, other than defined benefit plans, is the amount 
of benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods plus related on-costs; 
that benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any related assets is deducted. The 
discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on government bonds that have maturity dates approximating the 
terms of the group’s obligations. The calculation is performed using the projected unit credit method. Any actuarial 
gains or losses are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(j) Employee benefits (continued)

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the group is demonstrably committed, without a realistic 
possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement 
date, or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination 
benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognised as an expense if the group has made an offer encouraging 
voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted and the number of acceptances can be 
estimated reliably. 

Short term benefits

Short term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related 
service is provided.

A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans  
if the group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided 
by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably. 

Share-based payment transactions 

The group has a global share plan for employees whereby matching and loyalty shares are granted to employees. 
The fair value of matching and loyalty shares granted is recognised as expense in the profit or loss over the respective 
service period, with a corresponding increase in equity, rather than as the matching and loyalty shares are issued. 
Refer note 27 for details of the global share plan. 

When the company grants options over its shares to employees of subsidiaries, the fair value at grant date is 
recognised as an increase in the investments in subsidiaries, with a corresponding increase in equity.  

(k) Provisions 

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation 
that	can	be	estimated	reliably,	and	it	is	probable	that	an	outflow	of	economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	
the	obligation.	Provisions	are	determined	by	discounting	the	expected	future	cash	flows	at	a	pre-tax	rate	that	
reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	liability.	

A provision for restructuring is recognised when the group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, 
and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not 
provided for. 

(l) Revenue 

Goods sold 

Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net  
of returns, trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards  
of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs 
and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with  
the goods and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(m) Lease payments 

Payments made under operating leases are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term 
of the lease. 

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and  
the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term  
so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Contingent lease 
payments are accounted for by revising the minimum lease payments over the remaining term of the lease  
when the lease adjustment is confirmed.  

(n) Finance income and expense 

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, dividend income, changes in the fair value of financial 
assets at fair value through profit or loss, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or loss. 
Interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income 
is recognised in profit or loss on the date that the group’s right to receive payment is established. 

Finance expense comprises interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes 
in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, dividends on preference shares classified as 
liabilities, impairment losses recognised on financial assets and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised 
in profit or loss. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest method. 

(o) Income tax 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in profit or loss 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantially 
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. 
Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities 
in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit, and 
differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that they will probably 
not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred tax is not recognised for taxable temporary differences 
arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied 
to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right  
to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on  
the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets  
on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date 
and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(o) Income tax (continued)

Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends are recognised at the same time as  
the liability to pay the related dividend is recognised. 

Tax consolidation 

The company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities are part of a tax-consolidated group. As a  
consequence, all members of the tax-consolidated group are taxed as a single entity from that date. The head 
entity within the tax-consolidated group is Nufarm Limited. 

Current tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of 
the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members 
of the tax-consolidated group using the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach by reference to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities in the separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying 
under tax consolidation. 

Any current tax liabilities (or assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the subsidiaries  
are assumed by the head entity in the tax-consolidated group and are recognised by the company as amounts 
payable/(receivable) to/(from) other entities in the tax-consolidated group in conjunction with any tax funding 
arrangement amounts (refer below). Any difference between these amounts is recognised by the company  
as an equity contribution or distribution. 

The company recognises deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the tax-consolidated group to  
the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits of the tax-consolidated group will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised. 

Any subsequent period adjustments to deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses as a result  
of revised assessments of the probability of recoverability is recognised by the head entity only.

Nature of tax funding arrangements and tax sharing agreements

The head entity, in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidated group, has entered into a tax  
funding arrangement which sets out the funding obligations of members of the tax-consolidated group in  
respect of tax amounts. The tax funding arrangements require payments to/from the head entity equal to  
the current tax liability/(asset) assumed by the head entity and any tax-loss deferred tax asset assumed by  
the head entity, resulting in the head entity recognising an inter-entity receivable/(payable) equal in amount  
to the tax liability/(asset) assumed. The inter-entity receivables/(payables) are at call.

Contributions	to	fund	the	current	tax	liabilities	are	payable	as	per	the	tax	funding	arrangement	and	reflect	 
the timing of the head entity’s obligation to make payments for tax liabilities to the relevant tax authorities. 

The head entity, in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidated group, has also entered a tax sharing 
agreement. The tax sharing agreement provides for the determination of the allocation of the income tax liabilities 
between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. No amounts have been recognised 
in the financial statements in respect of this agreement as payment of any amounts under the tax sharing 
agreement is considered remote. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(p) Goods and services tax 

Revenue, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST or equivalent), 
except where the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In these circumstances, the GST  
is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable from, 
or payable to, the ATO is included as a current asset or liability in the balance sheet.

Cash	flows	are	included	in	the	statement	of	cash	flows	on	a	gross	basis.	The	GST	components	of	cash	flows	
arising from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, the relevant tax authorities 
are	classified	as	operating	cash	flows.

(q) Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the group’s business that represents a separate major line of business 
or geographical area of operations that has been disposed of or is held for sale, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively 
with a view to resale. Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon disposal or when the operation meets 
the criteria to be classified as held for sale, if earlier. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, 
the comparative income statement is re-presented as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of  
the comparative period. 

(r) Earnings per share 

The group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated 
by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the company by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable 
to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all 
potential dilutive ordinary shares, which comprise convertible notes and share options granted to employees. 

(s) Segment reporting 

A segment is a distinguishable component of the group that is engaged either in providing related products  
or services (business segment), or in providing products or services within a particular economic environment 
(geographic segment), which is subject to risks or rewards that are different from those of other segments.  
The group’s primary format for reporting segment is based on geographic segments. The geographic  
segments are determined based on the group’s management and internal reporting structure. 

Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arms length basis.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can 
be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly loans and borrowings and related expenses, 
corporate assets and head office expenses, and income tax assets and liabilities.

Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets other than goodwill.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(t) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations have been identified as those which may 
impact the entity in the period of initial application. They are available for early adoption at 31 July 2009, but have 
not been applied in preparing this financial report: 

•	 Revised	AASB	3 Business Combinations (2008) incorporates the following changes that are likely to be relevant 

to the group’s operations: 

  –   the definition of a business has been broadened, which is likely to result in more acquisitions being treated 

as business combinations; 

  –   contingent consideration will be measured at fair value, with subsequent changes recognised in profit or loss;

  –   transaction costs, other than share and debt issue costs, will be expensed as incurred;

  –   any pre-existing interest in the acquiree will be measured at fair value with the gain or loss recognised  

in profit or loss; and 

  –   any non-controlling (minority) interest will be measured at either fair value, or at its proportionate interest  

in the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquiree, on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Revised AASB 3, 
which becomes mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements, will be applied prospectively 
and therefore, there will be no impact on prior periods.

•	 AASB	8 Operating Segments introduces the ‘management approach’ to segment reporting. AASB 8, which 

becomes mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements, will require the disclosure of segment 
information based on the internal reports regularly reviewed by the group’s chief operating decision maker in 
order to assess each segment’s performance and to allocate resources to them. Currently, the group presents 
segment information in respect of its geographical segments (see note 5). This is not expected to change 
under AASB 8.

•	 Revised	AASB	101 Presentation of Financial Statements (2007) introduces the term total comprehensive income, 
which represents changes in equity during a period other than those changes resulting from transactions with 
owners in their capacity as owners. Total comprehensive income may be presented in either a single statement 
of comprehensive income (effectively combining both the income statement and all non-owner changes in 
equity in a single statement) or, in an income statement and a separate statement of comprehensive income. 
Revised AASB 101, which becomes mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements, is not 
expected to have a significant impact, as the group already presents a separate statement of recognised 
income and expense that reports all non-owner changes in equity.

•	 Amended	AASB	127 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (2008) requires accounting for changes 
in ownership interests by the group in a subsidiary, while maintaining control, to be recognised as an equity 
transaction. When the group loses control of a subsidiary, any interest retained in the former subsidiary will be 
measured at fair value with the gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. The amendments to AASB 127, which 
become mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements, are not expected to have a significant 
impact on the consolidated financial statements.

•	 Revised	AASB	123 Borrowing Costs removes the option to expense borrowing costs and requires that an entity 
capitalise borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset 
as part of the cost of that asset. The revised AASB 123 will become mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 
financial statements and will constitute a change in accounting policy for the group, as the group currently 
expenses all borrowing costs. In accordance with the transitional provisions the group will apply the revised 
AASB 123 to qualifying assets for which capitalisation of borrowing costs commences on or after the effective 
date. Therefore, there will be no impact on prior periods in the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

57

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(t) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted (continued)

•	 AASB	2008-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standard – Share-based Payment: Vesting Conditions  

and Cancellations clarifies the definition of vesting, introduces the concept of non-vesting conditions, requires 
non-vesting	conditions	to	be	reflected	in	grant-date	fair	value	and	provides	the	accounting	treatment	for	
non-vesting conditions and cancellations. The amendments to AASB 2 will be mandatory for the group’s  
31 July 2010 financial statements, with retrospective application. The group has not yet determined the 
potential effect of the amendment.

•	 AASB	2008-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Process 
and AASB 2008-6 Further Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements 
Process affect various AASBs resulting in minor changes for presentation, disclosure, recognition and measurement 
purposes. The amendments, which become mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements, are 
not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

•	 AASB	2008-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Cost of an Investment in a Subsidiary, Jointly 
Controlled Entity or Associate changes the recognition and measurement of dividend receipts as income and 
addresses the accounting of a newly formed parent entity in the separate financial statements. The amendments 
become mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements. The group has not yet determined the 
potential effect of the amendment. 

•	 AI	16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation clarifies that net investment hedging can only be applied 
when the net assets of the foreign operation are recognised in the entity’s consolidated financial statements. 
AI 16 will become mandatory for the group’s 31 July 2010 financial statements. The interpretation is not 
expected to have any impact on the financial statements.

4. Determination of fair values

A number of the group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial 
and non- financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure 
purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made  
in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

(i) Property, plant and equipment

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognised as a result of a business combination is based on 
market values. The market value of property is the estimated amount for which a property could be exchanged 
on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction after proper 
marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion. The market 
value of items of plant, equipment, fixtures and fittings is based on the quoted market prices for similar items.

(ii) Intangibles assets 

The fair value of patents and trademarks acquired in a business combination is based on the discounted estimated 
royalty payments that have been avoided as a result of the patent or trademark being owned. The fair value of 
other	intangible	assets	is	based	on	the	discounted	cash	flows	expected	to	be	derived	from	the	use	and	eventual	
sale of the assets. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

4. Determination of fair values (continued)
(iii) Inventories 

The fair value of inventory acquired in a business combination is determined based on its estimated selling  
price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable  
profit margin based on effort required to complete and sell the inventory. 

(iv) Trade and other receivables 

The	fair	value	of	trade	and	other	receivables	is	estimated	as	the	present	value	of	future	cash	flows,	discounted	 
at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. 

(v) Derivatives 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price, if available. If a listed market 
price is not available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward 
price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based 
on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness  
by	discounting	estimated	future	cash	flows	based	on	the	terms	and	maturity	of	each	contract	and	using	market	
interest rates for a similar instrument at the measurement date.

(vi) Non-derivative financial liabilities

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future 
principal	and	interest	cash	flows,	discounted	at	the	market	rate	of	interest	at	the	reporting	date.	For	finance	
leases, the market rate of interest is determined by reference to similar lease agreements.

5. Segment reporting 

Segment information is presented in respect of the group’s geographic segments. This is the primary format  
of segment reporting based on the group’s management and internal reporting structure. The group operates 
predominantly in one business segment, being the crop protection industry. The business is managed on a 
worldwide basis, with the major geographic segments for reporting being Australasia, Europe, North America  
and South America. The North America region includes Canada, USA, Mexico, the Central American countries 
and the Andean region. The South America region includes Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, Paraguay and 
Bolivia. In presenting information on the basis of geographic segments, segment revenue is based on the 
geographic location of customers. Segment assets are based on the geographic location of the assets. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

5. Segment reporting (continued) 

Geographic segments 2009 

Revenue 
Total segment revenue 

Results 
Segment result before associate profit 
Share of profit of associates 

Segment result 

Unallocated corporate expenses 

Operating result 
Net non-cash revaluation profit/(loss)  
on proceeds from Nufarm Step-up  
Securities financing 
Net financing costs 
Income tax benefit 

Profit for the period 

Assets 
Segment assets 
Investment in associates 
Unallocated assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Other segment information 
Capital expenditure 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 

Australasia 
$000 

Europe 
$000 

North 
America 
$000 

South 
America 
$000 

Consolidated
$000

850,211  

636,928  

775,375  

414,569  

2,677,083 

117,366  
1,100  

98,652  
1,934  

118,466  

100,586  

8,305  
46  

8,351  

(40,880) 
– 

(40,880) 

808,444  
10,656  

852,219  
1,812  

580,115  
– 

653,988  
– 

162,760  

221,321  

55,593  

75,310  

183,443 
3,080 

186,523 

(35,059)

151,464 

(431)
(92,076)
21,585 

80,542 

2,894,766 
12,468 
344,363 

3,251,597 

514,984 
1,104,674 

1,619,658 

32,408  
18,960  
5,360  

45,163  
21,177  
8,338  

21,570  
5,841  
2,558  

6,541  
2,434  
1,294  

105,682 
48,412 
17,550 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

5. Segment reporting (continued) 

Geographic segments 2008 

Revenue 
Total segment revenue 

Australasia 
$000 

Europe 
$000 

North 
America 
$000 

South 
America 
$000 

Consolidated
$000

874,992  

554,661  

631,383  

431,422  

2,492,458 

Results 
Segment result before associate profit 
Share of profit of associates 

146,364  
1,228  

54,908  
1,336  

84,336  
134  

59,301  
– 

Segment result 

147,592  

56,244  

84,470  

59,301  

344,909 
2,698 

347,607 

(38,738)

308,869 

(34,259)

(4,119)
(80,195)
(52,176)

138,120 

2,949,071 
24,264 
240,545 

3,213,880 

879,052 
1,029,610 

1,908,662 

802,727  
10,182  

823,279  
13,628  

599,214  
454  

723,851  
– 

311,133  

266,017  

221,504  

80,398  

Unallocated corporate expenses 

Operating result 
Barter trade loss realised on option  
contracts – Brazil 
Net non-cash revaluation profit/(loss)  
on proceeds from Nufarm Step-up  
Securities financing 
Net financing costs 
Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Assets 
Segment assets 
Investment in associates 
Unallocated assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Other segment information 
Capital expenditure 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 

61,400  
17,253  
2,388  

173,120  
12,889  
5,929  

119,661  
4,182  
1,399  

27,628  
2,256  
1,184  

381,809 
36,580 
10,900 

Capital expenditure includes the fixed assets, goodwill and intangibles resulting from the AH Marks and Etigra 
acquisitions. The AH Marks’ values are included in Europe and Etigra is included in North America.   

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

6. Items of material income and expense 

The following material items of income/(expense)  
were included in the period result:

Cost of sales items 
Net realisable value adjustment – year end inventories 
Net realisable value adjustment – product sold 
Restructuring – French business 

General and administrative expense items 
Competition inquiries (AH Marks) 
Provision for non-collectability of sale proceeds 
Due diligence costs 
Restructuring – French business and sale of  
equity investment 

Disclosed on face of income statement 
Barter trade loss realised on option contracts – Brazil 
Net non-cash revaluation profit/(loss) on proceeds  
from Nufarm Step-up Securities financing 

7. Other income

Dividends from wholly owned controlled entities 
Management fees from controlled entities 
Sundry income  

Total other income 

8. Other expenses 

The following expenses were included in the  
period result: 

Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment gain/(loss) on trade receivables1 
Movement in stock obsolescence provision 
Exchange gains/(losses) 

1 Excludes items set out in Note 6. 

 Consolidated 

 Consolidated

2009 
$000 
Pre-tax 

2009 
$000 
After-tax 

2008 
$000 
Pre-tax 

2008
$000 
After-tax

(67,611) 
(37,770) 
(16,421) 

(121,802) 

(10,567) 
(2,564) 
(1,859) 

9,593  

(5,397) 

(40,794) 
(22,662) 
(10,989) 

(74,445) 

(10,182) 
(1,709) 
(1,364) 

8,247  

(5,008) 

– 
– 
– 

– 

(66) 
– 
(1,000) 

– 

(1,066) 

–
–
–

–

(66)
–
(524)

–

(590)

– 

– 

(34,259) 

(22,611)

(431) 

(302) 

(4,119) 

(2,760)

(127,630) 

(79,755) 

(39,444) 

(25,961)

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

– 
– 
11,054  

11,054  

2008 
$000 

– 
– 
5,519  

5,519  

2009 
$000 

52,700  
2,038  
511  

55,249  

2008
$000

59,444 
3,240 
376 

63,060 

(65,962) 
(4,241) 
(648) 
(27,528) 

(47,480) 
(533) 
(828) 
2,337  

(698) 
– 
– 
326  

(646)
(43)
(50)
(281)

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

9. Personnel expenses 

Wages and salaries 
Other associated personnel expenses 
Contributions to defined contribution  
superannuation funds 
Expenses related to defined benefit  
superannuation funds 
Annual leave expense 
Long-service leave expense 
Restructuring expense – French social plan  

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

(203,969) 
(37,214) 

(177,724) 
(30,023) 

2009 
$000 

(4,005) 
(488) 

2008
$000

(4,278)
(309)

(10,847) 

(8,590) 

(550) 

(521)

(457) 
(6,319) 
(1,886) 
(23,403) 

(3,290) 
(7,106) 
(2,180) 
– 

– 
(396) 
– 
– 

–
(323)
–
–

(284,095) 

(228,913) 

(5,439) 

(5,431)

The restructuring expense in France represents the redundancy costs associated with the shut down of two 
manufacturing units at the Gaillon plant. The restructuring costs are included in the material items in note 6. 

10. Finance income and expense

Interest income – controlled subsidiaries 
Interest income – external 

Financial income 

Interest expense – controlled entities 
Interest expense – external 
Lease expense – finance charges 
Costs of securitisation program 

Financial expenses 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

– 
8,177  

8,177  

– 
(98,796) 
(1,887) 
430  

(100,253) 

2008 
$000 

– 
3,202  

3,202  

– 
(75,553) 
– 
(7,844) 

(83,397) 

2009 
$000 

364  
334  

698  

(3,093) 
(67) 
– 
– 

(3,160) 

2008
$000

–
119 

119 

(3,129)
(54)
–
–

(3,183)

Net financing costs 

(92,076) 

(80,195) 

(2,462) 

(3,064)

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

11. Income tax expense/(benefit)

Recognised in the income statement 
Current tax expense 
Current year 
Adjustments for prior years 

Deferred tax expense 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Reduction in tax rates 
Benefit of tax losses recognised 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

6,161  
(247) 

5,914  

(10,228) 
2,604  
(19,875) 

(27,499) 

43,941  
(1,663) 

42,278  

12,717 
283  
(3,102) 

9,898  

414  
314  

728  

437  
– 
– 

437  

2,016 
87 

2,103 

58 
8 
–

66 

Total income tax expense/(benefit) in income statement 

(21,585) 

52,176 

1,165  

2,169 

Attributable to: 
Continuing operations 

(21,585) 

(21,585) 

52,176 

52,176  

1,165  

1,165  

2,169 

2,169 

Numerical reconciliation between tax  
expense/(benefit) and pre-tax net profit 
Profit before tax – continuing operations 

Profit before tax 

Income tax using the local corporate tax rate  
of 30 per cent 
Increase in income tax expense due to: 
Non-deductible expenses 
Other taxable income 
Effect of changes in the tax rate 
Effect of tax losses derecognised/(recognised) 

Decrease in income tax expense due to: 
Effect on tax rate in foreign jurisdictions 
Tax exempt income 
Tax incentives not recognised in the income statement 

Under/(over) provided in prior years 

Income tax expense/(benefit) on pre-tax net profit 

58,957  

58,957  

190,296  

190,296 

56,514  

56,514  

66,867 

66,867 

17,687  

57,089  

16,954  

20,060 

3,175  
1,383  
2,604  
1,015  

(38,850) 
(1,225) 
(7,127) 

(21,338) 
(247) 

(21,585) 

3,601  
– 
(459) 
– 

(2,206) 
(300) 
(3,886) 

53,839  
(1,663) 

52,176  

3  
– 
– 
– 

– 
(16,106) 
– 

851  
314  

1,165  

281 
–
8 
– 

(63)
(18,204)
–

2,082 
87 

2,169 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

11. Income tax expense/(benefit) (continued)

Income tax expense/(benefit) recognised  
directly in equity 
Relating to actuarial gains on defined benefit plans 
Relating to cost of issuing equity 
Nufarm Step-up Securities distribution 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

(3,363) 
(1,683) 
(6,572) 

(11,618) 

221  
(699) 
(7,272) 

(7,750) 

– 
(1,683) 
– 

(1,683) 

–
(699)
–

(699)

12. Discontinued operation 

There were no discontinued operations in the current or prior year. 

13. Non-current assets held for sale 

There were no assets held for sale at the end of the current or prior financial periods. 

14. Acquisition of subsidiaries 

On 1 October 2008, the group acquired the shares in Lefroy Seeds Pty Ltd. Lefroy Seeds specialises in  
hybrid	breeding,	production	and	commercialisation	activities	in	sunflower	and	sorghum	with	facilities	located	 
in Toowoomba, Queensland, Australia. 

In the period to 31 July 2009, this business contributed profit of $169,257 to the consolidated group after tax profit. 
If the above acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2008, the full-year contribution to group revenues would have 
been $2,578,172 and to the consolidated entity’s profit after tax would have been $203,108.  

Pre-acquisition 
carrying 
amounts 
$000 

Preliminary 
fair value 
adjustments 
$000 

Recognised 
values on 
acquisition 
$000

Acquiree’s net assets at acquisition date 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Inventory 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles 
Other assets 
Trade and other payables 
Employee benefits 
Other liabilities 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

Acquisition costs 
Identifiable intangibles acquired on acquisition 
Goodwill on acquisition 
Consideration paid 
Cash acquired 
Consideration satisfied by issue of shares 
Net	cash	outflow	

175  
353  
236  
167  
8  
621  
(113) 
(21) 
(68) 

1,358  

2009

– 
– 
102  
– 
(8) 
– 
– 
(85) 
– 

9  

175
353
338
167
–
621  
(113)
(106)
(68)

1,367

(46)
5,074 
5,075 
11,470 
(175)
(7,975)
3,320	

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

14. Acquisition of subsidiaries (continued)

Pre-acquisition carrying values were determined based on applicable AASBs immediately before the acquisition. 
The value of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised on acquisition are their estimated fair values 
(see note 4 for methods used in determining fair values). 

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition above, mainly resulting from the synergies that this acquisition brings  
to the Nufarm group.

Acquisitions during the prior year included the AH Marks (5 March 2008) and Etigra (31 March 2008) businesses. 
AH Marks is a manufacturer and supplier of crop protection and industrial products. The company is based at Wyke, 
UK and the purchase price was £74.6 million, consisting of cash consideration of £46.5 million with £28.1 million 
in assumed debt. Etigra is a supplier of crop protection products, specialising in the US turf and specialty markets. 
It is based in North Carolina and the assets of Etigra were acquired for US$65 million. 

Recognised 
values 
$000 

Fair value 
adjustments 
$000 

Carrying 
amounts
$000

Acquiree’s net assets at acquisition date 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Inventory 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles 
Deferred taxes 
Trade and other payables 
Employee benefits 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Other liabilities 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

Acquisition costs 
Identifiable intangibles (registrations and trademarks)  
acquired on acquisition 
Goodwill on acquisition 
Consideration satisfied in cash 
Deferred consideration at balance date 
Cash acquired 
Net	cash	outflow	

(935) 
57,877  
11,905  
75,561  
4,059  
(6,391) 
(49,277) 
(6,771) 
(40,303) 
(10,457) 

35,268  

2008

– 
– 
– 
– 
(3,471) 
11,199  
3,887  
2,111  
– 
– 

13,726  

(935)
57,877 
11,905 
75,561 
588 
4,808 
(45,390)
(4,660)
(40,303)
(10,457)

48,994 

2,407 

82,023 
35,139 
168,563 
(11,135)
935 
158,363	

The provisional accounting for the AH Marks and Etigra acquisitions was adjusted during the current year. The AH 
Marks goodwill was adjusted for the recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses ($11.2 million). The Etigra 
identified intangibles was adjusted following the finalisation of the valuation of certain intangible assets.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

15. Cash and cash equivalents 

Bank balances 
Call deposits 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank overdrafts repayable on demand 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement  
of	cash	flows	

16. Trade and other receivables 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Provision for impairment losses 

Receivables due from controlled entities 
Loans due from controlled entities 
Receivables due from associates 
Receivables due from securitisation program 
Derivative financial instruments 
Proceeds receivable from sale of businesses 
Other receivables and prepayments 

Non-current 
Receivables due from associates 
Other receivables 
Proceeds receivable from sale of businesses 
Provision for non-collectability of sale proceeds 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

48,502  
35,810  

84,312  
(35,669) 

2008 
$000 

12,611  
46,532  

59,143  
(20,841) 

2009 
$000 

669  
1,187  

1,856  
– 

2008
$000

3,308 
–

3,308 
–

48,643		

38,302		

1,856		

3,308

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

680,573  
(25,087) 

685,316  
(23,339) 

655,486  

661,977 

– 
– 
475  
– 
16,118  
6,230  
109,451  

– 
– 
362  
52,176  
26,946  
3,306  
95,196  

4,681  
– 

4,681  

6,637  
778,111  
– 
– 
– 
– 
895  

4,713
(43)

4,670  

939

461,389  

–
–
375
–
163

787,760  

839,963  

790,324  

467,536

38  
9,319  
27,101  
(3,333) 

33,125  

– 
22,656  
9,491  
(3,106) 

29,041  

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

–
–
–
–

–

Total trade and other receivables 

820,885  

869,004  

790,324  

467,536

Nufarm and a major supplier are currently in dispute with respect to a claim that the supplier is liable for a 
relevant share of losses attributable to the sale of product during the 2009 financial year.    

The parties entered into an Agreement in 2002 that provides for the sharing of costs and proceeds associated 
with Nufarm’s sale of products. Nufarm’s claim, for approximately $37 million, is being contested by the supplier. 
Nufarm is confident it will recover all of this amount and will vigorously pursue its claim. The $37 million claim  
is included in other receivables and prepayments.  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

17. Inventories

Raw materials 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Provision for obsolescence of finished goods 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

223,461  
7,932  
571,003  

802,396  
(5,013) 

2008 
$000 

285,340  
18,560  
543,804  

847,704  
(4,160) 

2009 
$000 

3,324  
116  
14,294  

17,734  
– 

17,734  

2008
$000

–
336
17,041

17,377
(59)

17,318

Total inventories 

797,383  

843,544  

The finished goods and raw material values above are net of the net realisable value adjustment referred to in 
note 6.    

18. Tax assets and liabilities   

Current tax assets and liabilities  

The current tax asset for the group of $48,973,455 (2008: $61,185,329) and for the company of $93,012 (2008: 
$12,860,431) represents the amount of income taxes recoverable in respect of prior periods and that arise from 
the payment of tax in excess of the amounts due to the relevant tax authority. The current tax liability for the group 
of $17,771,673 (2008: $12,461,369) and the company of $5,804,378 (2008: $7,226, 722) represent the amount  
of income taxes payable in respect of current and prior financial periods. The company liability includes the 
income tax payable by all members of the tax consolidated group. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following: 

Consolidated 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles assets 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other items 
Tax value of losses carried  
forward 

Assets 

Liabilities 

Net 

2009 
$000 

9,467  
6,545  
14,889  
14,500  
35,541  

2008 
$000 

11,478  
6,428  
11,956  
5,044  
18,501  

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

(12,338) 
(52,275) 
– 
– 
(8,578) 

(17,010) 
(39,528) 
– 
– 
(9,406) 

(2,871) 
(45,730) 
14,889  
14,500  
26,963  

2008
$000

(5,532)
(33,100)
11,956 
5,044 
9,095 

122,994  

48,568  

– 

– 

122,994  

48,568 

Tax assets/(liabilities) 
Set off of tax 

203,936  
(8,976) 

101,975  
(8,705) 

(73,191) 
8,976  

(65,944) 
8,705  

130,745 
– 

36,031 
–

Net tax assets/(liabilities) 

194,960  

93,270  

(64,215) 

(57,239) 

130,745  

36,031 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

18. Tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Company 

Property, plant and equipment 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other items 

Net tax assets/(liabilities) 

Assets 

Liabilities 

Net 

2009 
$000 

15  
106  
– 
2,800  

2,921  

2008 
$000 

– 
118  
31  
1,454  

1,603  

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(73) 
– 
– 
(1) 

(74) 

2009 
$000 

15  
106  
– 
2,800  

2,921  

2008
$000

(73)
118 
31 
1,453 

1,529 

movement in temporary differences during the year 

Balance  Recognised  Recognised 
in income 
31.07.08 
$000 
$000 

Other 
Currency 
in equity  adjustment  movement 
$000 

$000 

$000 

(5,532) 
(33,100) 
11,956  
5,044  
9,095  

4,429  
(12,202) 
(2,601) 
9,654  
14,517  

48,568  

36,031  

24,750  

38,547  

– 
– 
3,363  
– 
1,683  

– 

5,046  

Balance
31.07.09
$000

(2,871)
(45,730)
14,889 
14,500 
26,963 

78  
(428) 
(293) 
(198) 
1,624  

(1,846) 
– 
2,464  
– 
44  

(2,092) 

(1,309) 

51,768  

122,994 

52,430  

130,745 

Consolidated 2009 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles assets 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other items 
Tax value of losses carried  
forward 

Consolidated 2008 

Balance  Recognised  Recognised 
in income 
31.07.07 
$000 
$000 

Other 
Currency 
in equity  adjustment  movement 
$000 

$000 

$000 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangibles assets 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other items 
Tax value of losses carried  
forward 

4,355  
(13,467) 
11,917  
3,908  
8,001  

(10,160) 
(20,130) 
404  
984  
1,459  

43,970  

2,956  

58,684  

(24,487) 

– 
– 
(221) 
– 
– 

– 

(221) 

250  
497  
(144) 
(163) 
880  

1,642  

2,962  

23  
– 
– 
315  
(1,245) 

– 

(907) 

Balance
31.07.08
$000

(5,532)
(33,100)
11,956 
5,044 
9,095 

48,568 

36,031 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

18. Tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

movement in temporary differences during the year 

Company 2009 

Balance  Recognised  Recognised 
in income 
 31.07.08 
$000 
$000 

Other 
Currency 
in equity  adjustment  movement 
$000 

$000 

$000 

Property, plant and equipment 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other items 

 (73) 
 118  
 31  
 1,453  

 1,529  

 88  
 (12) 
 (31) 
 1,347  

 1,392  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Company 2008 

Balance  Recognised  Recognised 
in income 
 31.07.07 
$000 
$000 

Other 
Currency 
in equity  adjustment  movement 
$000 

$000 

$000 

Property, plant and equipment 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other items 

 (2) 
 369  
 9  
 701  

 1,077  

 (71) 
 (235) 
 26  
 226  

 (54) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 (16) 
 (4) 
 –  

 (20) 

 – 
 –  
 –  
 526  

 526  

Balance
31.07.09
$000

 15 
 106 
 – 
 2,800 

 2,921 

Balance
31.07.08
$000

(73)
 118 
 31 
 1,453 

 1,529 

Unrecognised deferred tax liability 

At 31 July 2009, a deferred tax liability of $18,450,432 (2008: $25,024,580) relating to investments in subsidiaries 
has not been recognised because the company controls whether the liability will be incurred and it is satisfied 
that it will not be incurred in the foreseeable future. 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:   

Tax losses 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

 –  

 –  

2008 
$000 

 8,979  

 8,979  

2009 
$000 

 –  

 –  

2008
$000

 –

 –

There were no unrecognised tax losses at 31 July 2009. The prior year tax losses were for AH Marks which have 
subsequently been recognised as an adjustment to the provisional acquisition accounting.  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

19. Investments accounted for using the equity method 

The group accounts for investments in associates using the equity method.  

The group had the following significant investments in associates during the year:   

Bayer CropScience Nufarm Ltd 

Excel Crop Care Ltd 

F&N joint ventures 

Agricultural chemicals 
manufacturer 
Agricultural chemicals 
manufacturer 
Agricultural chemicals 
distributor 

Country 

Balance date  
of associate 

Ownership and
voting interest
2009 

2008

UK 

31.12.2008 

0.00% 

25%

India 

31.3.2009 

14.69% 

14.69%

Eastern 
Europe 

31.12.2008 

50.00% 

50.00%

Effective 31 July 2009, Nufarm sold its 25 per cent share in Bayer CropSciences Nufarm Limited to Bayer 
CropSciences Limited. 

The 14.69 per cent investment in Excel Crop Care Ltd is equity accounted as Nufarm has two directors on the 
board	and,	together	with	an	unrelated	partner,	has	significant	influence	over	nearly	35	per	cent	of	the	shares	 
of the company. The relationship also extends to manufacturing and marketing collaborations. 

The F&N joint ventures represents the group’s interest in three joint ventures with FMC Corporation, which operate 
in Poland, Czech Republic and Slovakia. The joint ventures sell Nufarm and FMC products within their country. 

Financial summary of material associates (at reporting date) 

Revenues 

(100%)  
$000 

Profit 
after tax 
(100%) 
$000 

Total 
assets 
(100%) 
$000 

Net 

Share of
assets as  associate’s
Total  reported by  net assets 
equity
(100%)  accounted 
$000

(100%) 
$000 

$000 

liabilities  associates 

2009 
Excel Crop Care Ltd 
F&N joint ventures 

2008 
Bayer CropScience Nufarm Ltd 
Excel Crop Care Ltd 
F&N joint ventures 

 196,112  
 77,347  

 9,558  
 649  

 110,292  
 70,070  

 72,306  
 66,429  

 37,986  
 3,641  

 273,459  

 10,207  

 180,362  

 138,735  

 41,627  

 5,580 
 1,821 

 7,401 

 77,918  
 144,498  
 81,039  

 (6,760) 
 6,567  
 1,910  

 101,873  
 99,559  
 76,356  

 37,273  
 67,161  
 71,959  

 64,600  
 32,398  
 4,397  

 16,150 
 4,759 
 2,199 

 303,455  

 1,717  

 277,788  

 176,393  

 101,395  

 23,108 

The financial summary information is from the financial statements as per the balance dates above.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

19. Investments accounted for using the equity method (continued)  

Carrying value by major associate 
Bayer CropScience Nufarm Ltd 
Excel Crop Care Ltd 
F&N joint ventures 
Others 

Carrying value of associates 

Share of profit by major associate 
Bayer CropScience Nufarm Ltd 
Excel Crop Care Ltd 
F&N joint ventures 
Others 

Share of net profits of associates 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 –  
 9,803  
 1,812  
 853  

 12,468  

 1,837  
 1,090  
 97  
 56  

 3,080  

 11,471  
 9,206  
 2,157  
 1,430  

 24,264  

 (242) 
 1,237  
 1,578  
 125  

 2,698  

 –  
 9,803  
 –  
 –  

 9,803  

 –  
 1,090  
 –  
 –  

 1,090  

 – 
 9,206 
 – 
 – 

 9,206 

 – 
 1,237 
 – 
 – 

 1,237 

The share of net profits has been derived from the latest management reports as at 31 July 2009 for Bayer 
CropSciences and the F&N joint ventures. The Excel Crop Care share of net profits is from the 30 June 2009 
management accounts. 

20. Other investments

Investment in controlled entities 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
New investments during the year 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at the end of the year 

Investments – available-for-sale
Balance at the beginning of the year 
New investments during the year 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at the end of the year 

Other investments 
Other investments 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 6,829  
 179  

 7,008  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 434  

 354  

 300,769  
 5,562  
 –  

 307,214 
 1,394 
(7,839)

 306,331  

 300,769 

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

Total other investments 

 7,442  

 354  

 306,331  

 300,769 

 The group’s investment in an unlisted entity is classified as available-for-sale. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

21. Other non-current assets

Derivative financial instrument 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

 967  

 967  

2008 
$000 

 8,504  

 8,504  

2009 
$000 

 –  

 –  

2008
$000

 – 

 – 

The derivative financial instrument is the market value of the interest rate cap relating to the NSS distribution 
base rate.  

22. Property, plant and equipment

Land 
and 

Leased 
Plant and  plant and 
buildings  machinery  machinery 
$000 

$000 

$000 

Consolidated 

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Additions 
Additions through business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 201,006  
 3,039  
 –  
 (4,030) 
 4,795  
 2,583  

 646,118  
 12,196  
 280  
 (28,022) 
 32,684  
 622  

2009 

 15,156  
 166  
 –  
 (80) 
 (104) 
 (669) 

Capital 
work in 
progress 
$000 

Total 
$000

 30,395  
 44,437  
 –  
 (1,380) 
 (37,375) 
 (201) 

 892,675 
 59,838 
 280 
(33,512)
 – 
 2,335 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 207,393  

 663,878  

 14,469  

 35,876  

 921,616 

Depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Additions through business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 (58,689) 
 (7,460) 
 –  
 2,223  
 (33) 
 (1,144) 

 (399,701) 
 (40,525) 
 (113) 
 20,591  
 (7) 
 159  

 (1,173) 
 (427) 
 –  
 55  
 40  
 56  

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 (65,103) 

 (419,596) 

 (1,449) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

(459,563)
(48,412)
(113)
 22,869 
 – 
(929)

(486,148)

Net property, plant and equipment  
at 31 July 2009 

 142,290  

 244,282  

 13,020  

 35,876  

 435,468 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

22. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Land 
and 

Leased 
Plant and  plant and 
buildings  machinery  machinery 
$000 

$000 

$000 

Consolidated 

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Additions 
Additions through business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 185,156  
 3,503  
 1,581  
 (5,109) 
 15,977  
 (102) 

 471,845  
 9,684  
 144,132  
 (15,447) 
 37,254  
 (1,350) 

2008 

 1,361  
 258  
 14,237  
 (359) 
 (315) 
 (26) 

Capital 
work in 
progress 
$000 

Total 
$000

 27,035  
 56,064  
 –  
 –  
 (52,916) 
 212  

 685,397 
 69,509 
 159,950 
(20,915)
 – 
(1,266)

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 201,006  

 646,118  

 15,156  

 30,395  

 892,675 

Depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Additions through business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 (53,586) 
 (6,332) 
 (90) 
 1,187  
 (92) 
 224  

 (297,404) 
 (30,241) 
 (83,658) 
 11,421  
 (48) 
 229  

 (630) 
 (248) 
 (641) 
 191  
 140  
 15  

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 (58,689) 

 (399,701) 

 (1,173) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 – 

 –  

(351,620)
(36,821)
(84,389)
 12,799 
 – 
 468 

(459,563)

Net property, plant and equipment  
at 31 July 2008 

 142,317  

 246,417  

 13,983  

 30,395  

 433,112 

Assets pledged as security for finance leases $13.02 million (2008: $13.983 million). There were no impairment 
losses in the consolidated entity in the current financial year or the comparative year. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

22. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Company 

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Additions 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

Depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

Net property, plant and equipment  
at 31 July 2009 

Company 

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Additions 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2008 

Depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2008 

Net property, plant and equipment  
at 31 July 2008 

Land 
and 

Leased 
Plant and  plant and 
buildings  machinery  machinery 
$000 

$000 

$000 

 3,555  
 –  
 –  
 (650) 
 61  

 2,966  

 (352) 
 (129) 
 –  
 (8) 

 (489) 

 3,630  
 –  
 (176) 
 800  
 61  

 4,315  

 (1,902) 
 (488) 
 132  
 (18) 

 (2,276) 

2009 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Capital 
work in 
progress 
$000 

 352  
 191  
 –  
 (150) 
 (45) 

 348 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Total 
$000

 7,537 
 191 
(176)
 – 
 77 

 7,629 

(2,254)
(617)
 132 
(26)

(2,765)

 2,477  

 2,039  

 –  

 348  

 4,864 

Land 
and 

Leased 
Plant and  plant and 
buildings  machinery  machinery 
$000 

$000 

$000 

 3,133  
 –  
 –  
 828  
 (406) 

 3,555  

 (275) 
 (123) 
 –  
 46  

 (352) 

 3,704  
 –  
 (207) 
 622  
 (489) 

 3,630  

 (1,846) 
 (489) 
 153  
 280  

 (1,902) 

2008 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Capital 
work in 
progress 
$000 

 318  
 1,524  
 –  
 (1,450) 
 (40) 

 352  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Total 
$000

 7,155 
 1,524 
(207)
 – 
(935)

 7,537 

(2,121)
(612)
 153 
 326 

(2,254)

 3,203  

 1,728  

 –  

 352  

 5,283 

There were no impairment losses in the company in the current financial year or the comparative year.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

23. Intangible assets

Goodwill 
$000 

Indefinite 
 life 
$000 

Intellectual property 

Capitalised
Definite  development 
costs 
$000 

life 
$000 

Computer
software 
$000 

Total 
$000

Consolidated 

2009

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Additions 
Additions through  
business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 360,327  
 9,109  

 441,333  
 10,339  

 75,941  
 818  

 75,586  
 24,847  

 18,164  
 3,565  

 971,351 
 48,678 

 5,075  
 (10,824) 
 –  
 (5,117) 

 5,074  
 (13,467) 
 –  
 11,303  

 –  
 (35) 
 –  
 7,823  

 –  
 (3,425) 
 –  
 1,134  

 –  
 (4) 
 –  
 20  

 10,149 
 (27,755)
 – 
 15,163 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

358,570  

 454,582  

 84,547  

 98,142  

 21,745  

 1,017,586 

Amortisation and  
impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Amortisation charge for  
the year 
Additions through  
business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 (73,303) 

 (10,207) 

 (29,354) 

 (25,243) 

 (11,744) 

(149,851)

 –  

 –  

 (8,776) 

 (6,386) 

 (2,388) 

 (17,550)

 –  
 –  
 –  
 1,041  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 (261) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 (1,834) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 (379) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 (13) 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 (1,446)

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 (72,262) 

 (10,468) 

 (39,964) 

 (32,008) 

 (14,145) 

(168,847)

Intangibles carrying  
amount at 31 July 2009 

 286,308  

 444,114  

 44,583  

 66,134  

 7,600  

 848,739 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

23. Intangible assets (continued)

Goodwill 
$000 

Indefinite 
 life 
$000 

Intellectual property 

Capitalised
Definite  development 
costs 
$000 

life 
$000 

Computer
software 
$000 

Total 
$000

Consolidated 

2008

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Additions 
Additions through  
business combinations 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 299,288  
 13,359  

 285,750  
 38,643  

 55,873  
 30,111  

 54,706  
 16,679  

 17,130  
 1,206  

 712,747 
 99,998 

 41,386  
 –  
 –  
 6,294  

 94,775  
 (2,402) 
 15,696  
 8,871  

 –  
 –  
 (11,666) 
 1,623  

 1,268  
 (1,594) 
 3,894  
 633  

 25  
 (3) 
 –  
 (194) 

 137,454 
 (3,999)
 7,924 
 17,227 

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 360,327  

 441,333  

 75,941  

 75,586  

 18,164  

 971,351 

Amortisation and  
impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Amortisation charge  
for the year 
Transferred to discontinued  
businesses 
Disposals 
Other transfers 
Exchange adjustment 

 (74,248) 

 (10,263) 

 (25,017) 

 (12,566) 

 (9,932) 

(132,026)

 –  

 –  

 (4,000) 

 (4,685) 

 (1,973) 

 (10,658)

 –  
 –  
 –  
 945  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 56  

 –  
 –  
 360  
 (697) 

 (705) 
 1,201  
 (8,284) 
 (204) 

 –  
 –  
–  
 161  

 (705)
 1,201 
 (7,924)
 261 

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 (73,303) 

 (10,207) 

 (29,354) 

 (25,243) 

 (11,744) 

(149,851)

Intangibles carrying  
amount at 31 July 2008 

 287,024  

 431,126  

 46,587  

 50,343  

 6,420  

 821,500 

The major intangibles with an indefinite economic life are the product registrations that Nufarm owns. These 
registrations are considered to have an indefinite life because, based on past experience, they will be renewed  
by the relevant regulatory authorities and the underlying products will continue to be commercialised and available 
for sale in the foreseeable future. The company will satisfy all of the conditions necessary for renewal and the 
cost of renewal is minimal. In determining that the registrations have indefinite useful life, the principal factor  
that	influenced	this	determination	is	the	expectation	that	the	existing	registration	will	not	be	subject	to	significant	
amendment in the foreseeable future. 

The group has determined that legal entity by country is the appropriate method for determining the cash-generating 
units	(CGU)	of	the	business.	This	level	of	CGU	aligns	with	the	cash	flows	of	the	business	and	the	management	
structure of the group. The goodwill and intellectual property with an indefinite life are CGU specific, as the 
acquisitions generating goodwill and the product registrations that are the major indefinite intangible are  
country specific in nature. There is no allocation of goodwill between CGUs. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

23. Intangible assets (continued)

The major CGUs and their intangible value is as follows: Brazil $297 million, USA $178 million, seeds business 
$70 million, UK and Holland $65 million, AH Marks business $44 million, Australia $42 million and France $28 
million. The balance of intangibles is spread across multiple CGUs, with no individual amount being material 
relative to the total intangibles at balance date. 

For the impairment testing of these assets, the carrying amount of the asset is compared to its recoverable 
amount at a CGU level. The group uses the value-in-use method to estimate the recoverable amount. In assessing 
value-in-use,	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	are	derived	from	the	five	year	plan	for	each	cash-generating	unit	
with	a	growth	factor	applied	to	extrapolate	a	cash	flow	over	a	20	year	period.	The	20	year	period	has	been	selected	
on the basis that this period most closely aligns with the product registration life in most geographies. The growth 
rate assumed for each CGU is the forecast growth over the next five years, with a cap of 10 per cent. The 10 per 
cent	growth	cap	is	the	average	growth	achieved	by	the	group	in	recent	years.	The	cash	flow	is	then	discounted	
to a present value using a discount rate of 11.4 per cent, which is the company’s weighted average cost of 
capital. At 31 July 2009, the recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount for all CGUs. 

Sensitivity analysis on the impairment testing was performed assuming a zero growth rate for all CGUs. There were 
no impairment issues under this scenario. Sensitivity analysis was also done around the discount rate, assuming 
a one per cent increase and one per cent decrease in the discount rate. Again, no impairment issues arose. Finally, 
specific impairment testing was done for the Brazil CGU, assuming a zero growth rate and discount factors of  
15 per cent and 20 per cent. Under all scenarios, the Brazil CGU recoverable amount was higher than the  
carrying value. 

Goodwill 
$000 

Indefinite 
 life 
$000 

Intellectual property 

Capitalised
Definite  development 
costs 
$000 

life 
$000 

Company 

2009

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Additions 
Transfer 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

Amortisation and  
impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Amortisation charge for  
the year 
Transfer 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Computer
software 
$000 

 140  
 989 
 –  
 2  

Total 
$000

 140 
 989 
 – 
 2 

 1,131  

 1,131 

 (91) 

 (69) 
 –  
 –  

 (91)

 (69)
 – 
 – 

 (160) 

 (160)

Intangibles carrying amount  
at 31 July 2009 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 971  

 971 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

23. Intangible assets (continued)

Intellectual property 

Capitalised
Definite  development 
costs 
$000 

life 
$000 

Computer
software 
$000 

Total 
$000

Company 

Cost 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Additions 
Transfer 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2008 

Amortisation and  
impairment losses 
Balance at 1 August 2007 
Amortisation charge  
for the year 
Transfer 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2008 

Goodwill 
$000 

Indefinite 
 life 
$000 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

Intangibles carrying  
amount at 31 July 2008 

 –  

 –  

24 . Trade and other payables 

Current payables – unsecured 
Trade creditors and accruals – unsecured 
Payables due to controlled entities 
Loans due to controlled entities 
Payables due to associated entities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Payables – acquisitions 
Securitisation payables 

Non-current payables – unsecured 
Creditors and accruals 
Payables – acquisitions 

2008

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 – 
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 84  
 62  
 6  
 (12) 

 140  

 (60) 

 (34) 
 (6) 
 9  

 (91) 

 84 
 62 
 6 
 (12)

 140 

 (60)

 (34)
 (6)
 9 

 (91)

 –  

 49  

 49 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 376,432  
 –  
 –  
 608  
 9,250  
 21,131  
 –  

 619,525  
 –  
 –  
 829  
 90  
 –  
 157,616  

 4,184  
 3,122  
 100,041  
 –  
 50  
 –  
 –  

 11,324 
 8,310 
 114,037 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 407,421  

 778,060  

 107,397  

 133,671 

 9,452  
 8,243  

 17,695  

 13,283  
 26,559  

 39,842  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 – 
 – 

 – 

The group sells receivables to an unrelated third party for which Nufarm acts as the collection agent. The 
securitisation payables above represent the sum payable in respect of those sales. The securitisation program, 
under which the receivables were collected, was closed on 12 June 2009. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

25. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
This note provides information about the contractual terms of the group’s and the company’s interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings. 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 583,961  
 314  
 417  

 587,171  
 –  
 441  

 584,692  

 587,612  

 387,048  
 1,522  
 13,757  

 335,962  
 1,028  
 14,466  

 402,327  

 351,456  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Consolidated 

Company

Accessible 
$000 

utilised  Accessible 
$000 

$000 

utilised
$000

 1,773,580  
 1,836  
 –  

 1,006,678  
 1,836  
 –  

 1,775,416  

 1,008,514  

 1,614,589  
 1,028  
 157,616  

 943,974  
 1,028  
 157,616  

 1,773,233  

 1,102,618  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Current liabilities 
Bank loans – unsecured 
Other loans – unsecured 
Finance lease liabilities – secured 

Non-current liabilities 
Bank loans – unsecured 
Other loans – unsecured 
Finance lease liabilities – secured 

Financing facilities
The group has access to the following facilities  
with a number of financial institutions.

2009 
Bank loan facilities 
Other facilities 
Receivables securitisation-type facilities 

Total financing facilities 

2008 
Bank loan facilities 
Other facilities 
Receivables securitisation-type facilities 

Total financing facilities 

Financing arrangements 

Bank loans 

All unsecured bank borrowings, including bank overdraft facilities, are provided by banks that are parties to the 
group negative pledge deed. The assets of all the entities included in the negative pledge deed (note 35) are in 
excess of their related borrowings. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

25. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

Repayment of borrowings (excluding finance leases) 

Period ending 31 July 2009 
Period ending 31 July 2010 
Period ending 31 July 2011 
Period ending 31 July 2012 
Period ending 31 July 2013 or later 

Finance lease liabilities 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

 –  
 619,944  
 172,191  
 137,571  
 78,808  

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 608,011  
 100,040  
 235,923  
 1,028  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Finance leases are entered into to fund the acquisition of plant and equipment. 

Lease commitments for capitalised finance leases are payable as follows: 

Not later than one year 
Later than one year but not later than two years 
Later than two years but not later than five years 
Later than five years 

Less future finance charges 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 1,854  
 1,704  
 4,618  
 113,111  

 121,287  
 (107,113) 

 1,925  
 1,666  
 4,810  
 120,425  

 128,826  
 (113,919) 

 14,174  

 14,907  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

Finance lease liabilities are secured over the relevant leased plant. 

Average interest rates 

Nufarm Step-up Securities 
Bank loans 
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities – secured 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
% 

8.73 
5.03 
6.00 
11.69 

2008 
% 

 8.78  
7.32  
9.25  
11.57  

2009 
% 

2008
%

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

26. Employee benefits

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

Current 
Liability for annual leave 
Liability for long service leave 

Non-current 
Present value of wholly unfunded obligations 
Present value of wholly funded obligations 
Fair value of fund assets – funded 

 13,069  
 7,602  

 20,671  

 11,597  
 6,625  

 18,222  

 5,114  
 116,543  
 (89,829) 

 8,201  
 110,487 
 (93,786) 

Recognised liability for defined benefit fund obligations 

 31,828  

 24,902  

Liability for annual leave 
Liability for long service leave 

Total employee benefits 

 4,046  
 7,231  

 43,105  

 63,776  

 5,252  
 6,591  

 36,745  

 54,967  

 378  
 54  

 432  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 432  

2008
$000

 342
 –

 342

 –
 –
 –

 –

 –
 52

 52

 394

The consolidated entity makes contributions to defined benefit pension funds, in the UK, Holland, France and 
Indonesia, that provide defined benefit amounts for employees upon retirement. The company has no defined 
benefit pension funds.

historical information 

Present value of defined benefit  
obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

Consolidated

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2007 
$000 

2006 
$000 

2005
$000

 (121,657) 
 89,829  

 (118,688) 
 93,786  

 (59,287) 
 39,732  

 (62,587) 
 35,477  

(57,881)
 30,534 

Surplus/(deficit) 

 (31,828) 

 (24,902) 

 (19,555) 

 (27,110) 

(27,347)

Experience adjustments arising  
on plan liabilities 
Experience adjustments arising  
on plan assets 

 (1,223) 

 700  

 321  

 961  

 3,640 

 (8,058) 

 (10,088) 

 1,687  

 586  

 4,086 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

26. Employee benefits (continued)

Changes in the present value of the defined  
benefit obligation are as follows:
Opening defined benefit obligation 
Liability assumed with AH Marks business  
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial gains 
Past service cost 
Losses/(gains) on curtailment 
Contributions 
Benefits paid 
Exchange differences on foreign funds 

 Consolidated

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 118,688  
 –  
 3,692  
 7,768  
 5,516  
 5  
 (4,301) 
 414  
 (5,901) 
 (4,224) 

 59,287 
 65,017 
 2,952 
 4,609 
 (6,617)
 5 
 – 
 355 
 (3,508)
 (3,412)

Closing defined benefit obligation 

 121,657  

 118,688 

Changes in the fair value of fund assets  
are as follows: 
Opening fair value of fund assets 
Assets assumed with AH Marks business  
Expected return 
Actuarial gains/(losses) 
Contributions by employer 
Distributions 
Exchange differences on foreign funds 

Closing fair value of fund assets 

The actual return on plan assets is the sum of  
the expected return and the actuarial gain/(loss). 

Expense recognised in profit or loss
Current service costs 
Interest on obligation 
Expected return on fund assets 
Past service cost 
Losses/(gains) on curtailment 

 93,786  
 –  
 6,707  
 (7,017) 
 4,928  
 (5,126) 
 (3,449) 

 89,829  

 39,732  
 60,286  
 4,276  
 (9,079) 
 3,964  
 (2,674) 
 (2,719) 

 93,786  

 3,692  
 7,768  
 (6,707) 
 5  
 (4,301) 

 457  

 2,952 
 4,609 
 (4,276)
 5 
 – 

 3,290 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

26. Employee benefits (continued)

The expense is recognised in the following  
line items in the income statement:

Cost of sales 
Sales, marketing and distribution expenses 
General and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 

Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised directly  
in equity (net of tax) 
Cumulative amount at 1 August 
Recognised during the period 

Cumulative amount at 31 July 

The major categories of fund assets as a  
percentage of total fund assets are as follows:

European equities 
European bonds 
Property 
Cash 

Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting  
date (expressed as weighted averages):

Discount rate at 31 July 
Expected return on fund assets at 31 July 
Future salary increases 
Future pension increases 

 Consolidated

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 (1,134) 
 754  
 449  
 388  

 457  

 2,044 
 577 
 450 
 219 

 3,290 

 929  
 (8,454) 

 (7,525) 

 3,380 
 (2,451)

 929 

Consolidated

2009 
% 

2008
%

58.7 
39.3 
1.6 
0.4 

6.0 
6.6 
3.5 
3.1 

60.7
36.9
2.3
0.1

6.4
6.9
3.5
3.3

The overall expected long term rate of return on assets is 6.6 per cent. The expected rate of return on plan 
assets	reflects	the	average	rate	of	earnings	expected	on	the	funds	invested	to	provide	for	the	benefits	included	
in the projected benefit obligation.

The group expects to pay $4,463,000 in contributions to defined benefit plans in 2010.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

27. Share-based payments 

The Nufarm Executive Share Plan (2000) offers shares to executives. The executives may select an alternative 
mix of shares (at no cost) and options at a cost determined under the ‘Black Scholes’ methodology. These 
benefits are only given when a predetermined return on capital employed is achieved over the relevant period. 
The shares and options are subject to forfeiture and dealing restrictions. The executive cannot deal in the shares 
or options for a period of between three and 10 years without board approval. An independent trustee holds the 
shares and options on behalf of the executives. At 31 July 2009 there were 77 participants (2008: 58 participants) 
in the scheme and 1,714,045 shares (2008: 1,522,934) were allocated and held by the trustee on behalf of the 
participants. The cost of issuing shares is expensed in the year of issue.  

The Global Share Plan commenced in 2001, and is available to all permanent employees. Participants contribute  
a proportion of their salary to purchase shares. The company will contribute an amount equal to 10 per cent of 
the number of ordinary shares acquired with a participant’s contribution in the form of additional ordinary shares. 
Amounts over 10 per cent of the participant’s salary can be contributed but will not be matched. For each year 
the shares are held, up to a maximum of five years, the company contributes a further 10 per cent of the value  
of the shares acquired with the participant’s contribution. An independent trustee holds the shares on behalf  
of the participants. At 31 July 2009 there were 763 participants (2008: 749 participants) in the scheme and 1,710,550 
shares (2008: 1,604,742) were allocated and held by the trustee on behalf of the participants. The cost of the 
Global Share Plan expensed for the year ended 31 July 2009 was $306,865 (2008: $1,037,967). 

The power of appointment and removal of the trustees for the share purchase schemes is vested in the company. 

28. Provisions

Current 
Restructuring 
Other 

Consolidated 

movement in provisions
Balance at 1 August 2008 
Provisions made during the year 
Provisions used during the year 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 21,958  
 4,133  
26,091   

 –  
 6,184  
6,184  

 –  
 –  
–  

 – 
 – 
–

Restructuring  
$000 

Other 
 provisions  
$000 

 Total 
$000

 6,184
 21,958
(1,954)
(97)

 –  
 21,958  
 –  
 –  

 21,958  

 6,184  
 –  
 (1,954) 
 (97) 

 4,133  

 26,091

The provision for restructuring in France ($21.96 million) relates to the shutdown of two manufacturing units and 
the associated redundancy costs. The other provision consists of contingent liabilities recognised with the Agripec 
acquisition ($4.1 million). 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves 

Reconciliation of movements in capital and reserves 

29. Capital and reserves (continued) 

Consolidated 

Share 
capital 
$000 

Translation 
reserve 
$000 

Capital profit 
reserve 
$000 

Other 

reserve 

$000 

Retained 

earnings 

$000 

Nufarm Step-up 

Securities 

$000 

minority 

interest 

$000 

Balance at 1 August 2007 

 240,886  

 (24,344) 

 33,627  

 531,124  

 246,932  

 1,017  

 1,029,151 

Foreign exchange translation differences 
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans 
Shares issued to employees 
Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 
Shares issued under share purchase plan 
Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  
Tax benefit on share issue costs 
Transfer to/from reserves 

Profit for the period 

Dividends paid to shareholders 
Distributions to Nufarm Step-up Security holders 

 –  
 –  
 1,805  
 948  

 197,755  
 10,791  
 3,986  
 699  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 (2,461) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 456,870  

 (26,805) 

 33,627  

 593,558  

 246,932  

 1,036  

 1,305,218 

Balance at 1 August 2008 

 456,870  

 (26,805) 

 33,627  

 593,558  

 246,932  

 1,036  

 1,305,218 

Foreign exchange translation differences 
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans 
Shares issued to employees 
Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 
Shares issued under share purchase plan 
Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  
Dividend reinvestment plan 
Tax benefit on share issue costs 

Profit for the period 

Dividends paid to shareholders 
Distributions to Nufarm Step-up Security holders 
Minority interest acquired 

 –  
 –  
 3,078  
 78  

 294,764  
 35,691  
 7,975  
 12,705  
 1,683  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 (19,828) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 812,844  

 (46,633) 

 33,627  

 584,348  

 246,932  

 821  

 1,631,939 

Total

equity

$000

 (2,491)

 (2,451)

 1,805 

 1,039 

 197,755 

 10,791 

 3,986 

 699 

 56 

 138,120 

(58,478)

(14,764)

(19,788)

 (8,454)

 3,078 

 78 

 294,764 

 35,691 

 7,975 

 12,705 

 1,683 

 79,925 

(65,297)

(15,336)

(303)

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (30) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 205  

 (156) 

 –  

 40  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 48  

 –  

 –  

 (303) 

 (91) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 91  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (2,451) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 56 

 137,915  

 (58,322) 

 (14,764) 

 (8,454) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 79,877  

 (65,297) 

 (15,336) 

 –  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves 

Reconciliation of movements in capital and reserves 

29. Capital and reserves (continued) 

Consolidated 

Share 

capital 

$000 

Translation 

Capital profit 

reserve 

$000 

reserve 

$000 

Other 
reserve 
$000 

Retained 
earnings 
$000 

Nufarm Step-up 
Securities 
$000 

minority 
interest 
$000 

Total
equity
$000

Balance at 1 August 2007 

 240,886  

 (24,344) 

 33,627  

Foreign exchange translation differences 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans 

Shares issued to employees 

Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 

Shares issued under share purchase plan 

Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  

Tax benefit on share issue costs 

Transfer to/from reserves 

Profit for the period 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

Distributions to Nufarm Step-up Security holders 

 –  

 –  

 1,805  

 948  

 197,755  

 10,791  

 3,986  

 699  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 3,078  

 78  

 35,691  

 7,975  

 12,705  

 1,683  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (2,461) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 456,870  

 (26,805) 

 33,627  

Balance at 1 August 2008 

 456,870  

 (26,805) 

 33,627  

Foreign exchange translation differences 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans 

Shares issued to employees 

Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

 (19,828) 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 

 294,764  

Shares issued under share purchase plan 

Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  

Dividend reinvestment plan 

Tax benefit on share issue costs 

Profit for the period 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

Distributions to Nufarm Step-up Security holders 

Minority interest acquired 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 812,844  

 (46,633) 

 33,627  

 (91) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 91  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 531,124  

 246,932  

 1,017  

 1,029,151 

 –  
 (2,451) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 56 

 137,915  

 (58,322) 
 (14,764) 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 (30) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 205  

 (156) 
 –  

 (2,491)
 (2,451)
 1,805 
 1,039 

 197,755 
 10,791 
 3,986 
 699 
 56 

 138,120 

(58,478)
(14,764)

 593,558  

 246,932  

 1,036  

 1,305,218 

 593,558  

 246,932  

 1,036  

 1,305,218 

 –  
 (8,454) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 79,877  

 (65,297) 
 (15,336) 
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 40  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 48  

 –  
 –  
 (303) 

(19,788)
 (8,454)
 3,078 
 78 

 294,764 
 35,691 
 7,975 
 12,705 
 1,683 

 79,925 

(65,297)
(15,336)
(303)

 584,348  

 246,932  

 821  

 1,631,939 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves (continued) 

Reconciliation of movements in capital and reserves (continued) 
Share 
capital 
$000 

Company 

Translation 
reserve 
$000 

Capital profit 
reserve 
$000 

Balance at 1 August 2007 

 240,886  

 5,152  

 40,074  

Foreign exchange translation differences 
Shares issued to employees 
Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 
Shares issued under share purchase plan 
Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  
Tax benefit on share issue costs 
Transfer to/from reserves 

Profit for the period 
Dividends paid to shareholders 

 –  
 1,805  
 948  

 197,755  
 10,791  
 3,986  
 699  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 (7,871) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 456,870  

 (2,719) 

 40,074  

Balance at 1 August 2008 

 456,870  

 (2,719) 

 40,074  

Foreign exchange translation differences 
Shares issued to employees 
Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 
Shares issued under share purchase plan 
Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  
Dividend reinvestment plan 
Tax benefit on share issue costs 

Profit for the period 
Dividends paid to shareholders 

 –  
 3,078  
 78  

 294,764  
 35,691  
 7,975  
 12,705  
 1,683  

 –  
 –  

 (1,328) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 812,844  

 (4,047) 

 40,074  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

88

29. Capital and reserves (continued) 

Nufarm Step-up 

Securities 

$000 

minority 

interest 

$000 

Other 

reserve 

$000 

 (91) 

 –  

 –  

 91  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

Retained 

earnings 

$000 

 175,908  

 64,698  

 (58,322) 

 182,341  

 182,341  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 57  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 55,349  

 (65,297) 

 172,393  

Total

equity

$000

 461,929 

 (7,871)

1,805 

 1,039 

 197,755 

 10,791 

 3,986 

 699 

 57 

 64,698 

(58,322)

 676,566 

 676,566 

 (1,328)

 3,078 

 78 

 294,764 

 35,691 

 7,975 

 12,705 

 1,683 

 55,349 

(65,297)

 1,021,264 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

– 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

– 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. Capital and reserves (continued) 

Reconciliation of movements in capital and reserves (continued) 

Company 

Share 

capital 

$000 

Translation 

Capital profit 

reserve 

$000 

reserve 

$000 

Balance at 1 August 2007 

 240,886  

 5,152  

 40,074  

Foreign exchange translation differences 

Shares issued to employees 

Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 

Shares issued under share purchase plan 

Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  

Tax benefit on share issue costs 

Transfer to/from reserves 

Profit for the period 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

 –  

 1,805  

 948  

 197,755  

 10,791  

 3,986  

 699  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 3,078  

 78  

 35,691  

 7,975  

 12,705  

 1,683  

 –  

 –  

 (7,871) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

Balance at 31 July 2008 

 456,870  

 (2,719) 

 40,074  

Balance at 1 August 2008 

 456,870  

 (2,719) 

 40,074  

Foreign exchange translation differences 

Shares issued to employees 

Accrual and issue of shares under global share plan 

 (1,328) 

Shares issued under private placement (net of costs) 

 294,764  

Shares issued under share purchase plan 

Shares issued as consideration for business acquisition  

Dividend reinvestment plan 

Tax benefit on share issue costs 

Profit for the period 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

Balance at 31 July 2009 

 812,844  

 (4,047) 

 40,074  

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves (continued) 

Other 
reserve 
$000 

 (91) 

 –  
 –  
 91  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

Retained 
earnings 
$000 

 175,908  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 57  

 64,698  
 (58,322) 

 182,341  

 182,341  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 55,349  
 (65,297) 

 172,393  

Nufarm Step-up 
Securities 
$000 

minority 
interest 
$000 

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
– 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
– 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

Total
equity
$000

 461,929 

 (7,871)
1,805 
 1,039 

 197,755 
 10,791 
 3,986 
 699 
 57 

 64,698 
(58,322)

 676,566 

 676,566 

 (1,328)
 3,078 
 78 

 294,764 
 35,691 
 7,975 
 12,705 
 1,683 

 55,349 
(65,297)

 1,021,264 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves (continued)

Company 

Share capital
Balance at 1 August 
Issue of shares 

Balance at 31 July 

Number 
of ordinary 
shares 
2009 

Number 
of ordinary 
shares 
2008

 185,882,333  
 32,178,866  

 171,501,253 
 14,381,080 

 218,061,199  

 185,882,333 

The company does not have authorised capital or par value in respect of its issued shares. 

On 1 October 2008, 527,585 shares at $15.12 were issued as part of the acquisition cost of Lefroy Seeds  
Pty Ltd. On 20 October 2008, 198,450 shares at a price of $15.51 were issued under the executive share plan. 
On 17 November 2008, 805,960 shares at a price of $10.35 were issued under the dividend reinvestment plan. 
On 19 December 2008, 82,000 shares at a price of $9.56 were issued under the global share plan. On 8 May 
2009, 358,866 shares at a price of $12.16 were issued under the dividend reinvestment plan. On 21 May 2009, 
26,700,000 shares were issued at a price of $11.25 under an institutional placement to provide the group with 
enhanced	financial	flexibility	and	to	strengthen	the	balance	sheet.	On	30	June	2009,	3,506,005	shares	were	
issued at $10.18 under a share purchase plan to existing shareholders. 

On 15 October 2007, 131,000 shares at a price of $13.78 were issued under the executive share plan.  
On 13 December 2007, 65,000 shares at a price of $14.60 were issued under the global share plan.  
On 12 March 2008, 13,245,034 were issued at a price of $15.10 under a private placement to fund the  
AH Marks and Etigra acquisitions. On 9 April 2008, 714,614 share were issued at $15.10 under a share  
placement plan to existing shareholders on the same terms as the private placement. On 7 May 2008,  
225,432 shares at $17.68 were issued as part of the acquisition cost of Etigra. 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled  
to one vote per share at meetings of the company. 

Nufarm Step-up Securities 

In the year ended 31 July 2007 Nufarm Finance (NZ) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Nufarm Limited, 
issued a new hybrid security called Nufarm Step-up Securities (NSS). The NSS are perpetual Step-up Securities 
and on 24 November 2006, 2,510,000 NSS were allotted at an issue price of $100 per security raising $251 million. 
The NSS are listed on the ASX under the code ‘NFNG’ and on the NZDX under the code ‘NFFHA’. The after-tax 
costs associated with the issue of the NSS, totalling $4.1 million, have been deducted from the proceeds.

Distributions	on	the	NSS	are	at	the	discretion	of	the	directors	and	are	floating	rate,	unfranked,	non-cumulative	
and subordinated. However, distributions of profits and capital by Nufarm Limited are curtailed if distributions  
to NSS holders are not made, until such time that Nufarm Finance (NZ) Limited makes up the arrears. The first 
distribution	date	for	the	NSS	was	16	April	2007	and	on	a	six-monthly	basis	after	this	date.	The	floating	rate	is	the	
average mid-rate for bills with a term of six months plus a margin of 1.90 per cent. The step-up date is five years 
from issue date, and provides the issuer with the following options: (a) keep the NSS on issue whereby the margin 
will be reset or stepped up by the step-up margin; or (b) redeem the NSS for face value, or (c) change them for  
a number of ordinary shares in Nufarm Limited. The exchange ratio is calculated based on the average market 
price of Nufarm ordinary shares for 20 business days prior to exchange date less a 2.5 per cent discount. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves (continued)

Translation reserve 

The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the 
reporting entity. 

Capital profit reserve 

This reserve is used to accumulate realised capital profits. 

Dividends 

Dividends recognised in the current year by the company are:

2009 
Interim 2009 ordinary 
Final 2008 ordinary 

Total amount 

2008 
Interim 2008 ordinary 
Final 2007 ordinary 

Total amount 

Cents 
per share 

Total amount 
$000 

Franked/ 
unfranked 

Payment
date

12.0 
23.0 

12.0 
21.0 

22,469  
42,828  

65,297  

22,279  
36,043  

58,322  

Unfranked 
Franked 

8 May 2009
17 Nov 2008

Franked 
Franked 

2 May 2008
9 Nov 2007

The interim 2009 dividend was unfranked. The final 2008 dividend was fully franked at a rate of 30 per cent. 

Distributions recognised in the current year by Nufarm Finance (NZ) Ltd on the Nufarm Step-up Securities are:  

2009 
Distribution 
Distribution 

2008 
Distribution 
Distribution 

Distribution  Total amount 
$000 

rate 

Payment 
date

7.48% 
9.97% 

8.95% 
8.56% 

9,361  
12,547  

21,908  

11,263  
10,772  

22,035  

15 Apr 2009
15 Oct 2008

15 Apr 2008
15 Oct 2007

The distribution on the Nufarm Step-up Securities reported on the equity movement schedule has been reduced 
by the tax benefit on the gross distribution, giving an after-tax amount of $15.336 million (2008: $14.764 million). 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

29. Capital and reserves (continued)

Franking credit/(debit) balance
The amount of franking credits available  
for the subsequent financial year are: 

Franking account balance as at the end of  
the year at 30 per cent (2008: 30 per cent) 
Franking credits/(debits) that will arise from  
the payment of income tax payable/(refund)  
as at the end of the year 

Balance at 31 July 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 (1,374) 

 7,742  

 (1,374) 

 7,742 

 6,452  

 5,078  

 (2,721) 

 5,021  

 6,452  

 5,078  

(2,721)

 5,021 

The impact on the dividend franking account of dividends proposed after the balance sheet date is zero as the 
proposed dividend is unfranked (2008: $17,526,048). In accordance with the tax consolidation legislation, the 
company as the head entity in the tax-consolidated group has also assumed the benefit of $5,078,270 (2008: 
$5,021,081) franking credits. 

30. Earnings per share

Net profit for the year 
Net profit attributable to minority interest 

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Nufarm Step-up Securities distribution 

Earnings used in the calculations of basic and diluted  
earnings per share 

Earnings from continuing operations 
Earnings from discontinued operations 

Subtract items of material income/(expense)  
(refer note 6) 

Earnings excluding items of material income/ 
(expense) used in the calculation of earnings  
per share excluding material items  

 Consolidated

2009 
$000 

 80,542  
 (665) 

 79,877  
 (15,336) 

2008
$000

 138,120  
 (205) 

 137,915  
 (14,764) 

 64,541  

 123,151  

 64,541  
 –  

 123,151  
 –  

 64,541  

 123,151  

 (79,755) 

 (25,961) 

 144,296  

 149,112 

For the purposes of determining basic and diluted earnings per share, the after-tax distributions on NSS are 
deducted from net profit.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

30. Earnings per share (continued)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares  
used in calculation of basic earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares  
used in calculation of diluted earnings per share 

 Number of shares

2009 

2008

192,664,368 

177,021,657 

192,664,368 

177,021,657

There have been no conversions to, calls of, or subscriptions for ordinary shares or issues of ordinary shares 
since the reporting date and before the completion of this financial report. 

Cents per share

2009 

2008

33.5 
0.0 

33.5 

33.5 
0.0 

33.5 

74.9 
74.9 

69.7
0.0

69.7

69.7
0.0

69.7

84.3
84.3 

Earnings per share for continuing and discontinued operations
Basic earnings per share 

From continuing operations 
From discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings per share 

From continuing operations 
From discontinued operations 

Earnings per share (excluding items of material income/expense – see note 6)   

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

31. Financial risk management 

The group and the company have exposure to the following financial risks: 

•	 credit	risk;	

•	 liquidity	risk;	and	

•	 market	risk.	

This note presents information about the group and company’s exposure to each type of the above risks, their 
objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the management of capital.  

The board of directors has responsibility to identify, assess, monitor and manage the material risks facing the group 
and to ensure that adequate identification, reporting and risk minimisation mechanisms are established and working 
effectively. To support and maintain this objective, the audit committee has established detailed policies on risk 
oversight and management by approving a global risk management charter that specifies the responsibilities of 
the general manager global risk management (which includes responsibility for the internal audit function). This 
charter also provides comprehensive global authority to conduct internal audits, risk reviews and system-based 
analyses of the internal controls in major business systems operating within all significant company entities 
worldwide. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued) 
The general manager global risk management reports to the chief executive officer and provides a written report 
of his activities at each meeting of the audit committee. In doing so he has direct and continual access to the 
chairman and members of the audit committee. 

Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails  
to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the group’s receivables from customers and other 
financial assets. For the company, it primarily arises from receivables due from subsidiaries. 

Exposure to credit risk 

The	group’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	is	influenced	mainly	by	the	individual	characteristics	of	each	customer.	The	
demographics of the group’s customer base, including the default risk of the industry and country in which the 
customers	operate,	has	less	of	an	influence	on	credit	risk.	

The group has credit policies in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. Credit 
evaluations are performed on all customers before the group’s standard payment and delivery terms and conditions 
are offered. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represents the maximum open amount 
without requiring further management approval. 

The group and company’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was: 

Carrying amount
Trade and other receivables 
Receivables due from controlled entities 
Loans due from controlled entities 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest rate cap: 
Assets 
Forward exchange contracts: 
Assets 

The group and company’s maximum exposure to  
credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date  
by geographic region was: 

Carrying amount 
Australasia 
Europe 
North America 
South America 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 804,767  
 –  
 –  
 84,312  

 842,058  
 –  
 –  
 59,143  

 5,576  
 6,637  
 778,111 
 1,856  

 4,833 
 939 
 461,389 
 3,308 

 967  

 8,504  

 16,118  

 26,946  

 –  

 –  

 – 

 375 

 906,164  

 936,651  

 792,180  

 470,844 

 276,653  
 238,432  
 44,284  
 245,398  

 164,988  
 263,754  
 130,177  
 283,139 

 804,767  

 842,058  

 5,576  
 – 
 –  
 –  

 5,576  

 4,833 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 4,833

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued) 
The group’s top five customers account for $139.4 million of the trade receivables carrying amount at 31 July 2009 
(2008: $116.4 million). These top five customers represent 19 per cent (2008: 17 per cent) of the total receivables 
balance. 

Impairment losses 

The ageing of the group’s trade receivables at the reporting date was: 

Receivables ageing
Current 
Past due – 0 to 90 days 
Past due – 90 to 180 days 
Past due – 180 to 360 days 
Past due – more than one year 

Provision for impairment 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 504,313  
 130,284  
 6,405  
 11,877  
 27,694  

 680,573  
 (25,087) 

 593,034  
 53,372  
 12,454  
 5,775  
 20,681  

 685,316  
 (23,339) 

 655,486  

 661,977  

 4,361  
 280  
 40  
 –  
 –  

 4,681  
 –  

 4,681  

 3,978 
 523 
 212 
 – 
 – 

 4,713 
(43)

 4,670 

Some of the past due receivables are secured by collateral such as directors guarantees, bank guarantees and 
charges on fixed assets. The past due receivables not impaired relate to customers that have a good credit history 
with the group. Historically, the bad debt write-off from trade receivables has been very low. Over the past seven 
years, the bad debt write-off amount has averaged 0.02 per cent of sales, with no greater than 0.50 per cent of 
sales written off in any one year. 

In the crop protection industry, it is normal practice to vary the terms of sales depending on the climatic conditions 
experienced in each country. 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:  

Balance at 1 August 
Provisions made during the year 
Provisions used during the year 
Provisions reversed during the year 
Provisions acquired through business combinations 
Exchange adjustment 

Balance at 31 July 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

 23,339  
 12,201  
 (9,139) 
 –  
 –  
 (1,314) 

 25,087  

2008 
$000 

 21,806  
 522  
 (534) 
 –  
 –  
 1,545  

 23,339  

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 43  
 –  
 (43) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 – 
 43 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 43 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued) 
The allowance account for trade receivables is used to record the impairment losses unless the group is satisfied 
that no recovery of the amount owing is possible: at that point the amount is considered irrecoverable and is 
written off against the receivable directly.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The group’s 
approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet 
its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or 
risking damage to the group’s reputation.

Most group entities have entered into a deed of negative pledge dated 24 October 1996 (last amendment dated 
30 January 2009) with the group lenders which provides that all parties to the deed will guarantee to each creditor 
payment in full of any debt of each company participating in the deed. See note 35 for listing of entities who are 
a party to the deed. The deed of negative pledge allows all borrowings with group lenders to be on an unsecured 
basis. 

The following are the contractual maturities of the group’s financial liabilities: 

Consolidated 

2009

Carrying  Contractual  
cash flows 
amount 
$000 
$000 

Less than 
1 year 
$000 

1–2   more than
2 years 
$000

years 
$000 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Bank overdrafts 
Trade and other payables 
Bank loans – unsecured 
Other loans – unsecured  
Finance lease liabilities – secured 

Derivative financial liabilities 
Forward exchange contracts: 
	 Outflow	
	 Inflow	

Derivative financial assets 
Forward exchange contracts: 
	 Outflow	
	 Inflow	

 35,669  
 415,866  
 971,009  
 1,836  
 14,174  

 35,669  
 415,866  
 971,009  
 1,836  
 14,174  

 –  
 35,669  
 398,171  
 8,243  
 583,961    171,605  
 586  
 186  

 314  
 417  

 – 
 9,452 
 215,443 
 936 
 13,571 

	9,250		
	–		

	111,290		
	(102,040)	

	111,290		
	(102,040)	

	–		
	–		

	–	
	–	

	–		
	(16,118)	

	295,046		
	(311,164)	

	40,021		
	(40,488)	

	–		
	–		

	255,025	
(270,676)

1,431,686  

 1,431,686 

1,027,315    180,620  

 223,751 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk (continued) 

Consolidated 

2008 

Carrying  Contractual  
cash flows 
amount 
$000 
$000 

Less than 
1 year 
$000 

1–2   more than
2 years 
$000

years 
$000 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Bank overdrafts 
Trade and other payables 
Bank loans – unsecured 
Other loans – unsecured  
Finance lease liabilities – secured 

Derivative financial liabilities 
Forward exchange contracts: 
	 Outflow	
	 Inflow	

Derivative financial assets 
Forward exchange contracts: 
	 Outflow	
	 Inflow	

 20,841  
 817,812  
 923,133  
 1,028  
 14,907  

 20,841  
 817,812  
 923,133  
 1,028  
 14,907  

 –  
 20,841  
 2,000  
 777,970  
 587,171    100,040  
 – 
 213 

 –  
 441  

 – 
 37,842 
 235,922 
 1,028 
 14,253 

	90		
	–		

	73,872		
	(73,782)	

	73,872		
	(73,782)	

	–		
	–		

	–	
	–	

	–		
	(26,946)	

	269,391		
	(296,337)	

	24,003		
	(25,661)	

	–		
	–		

	245,388	
(270,676)

 1,750,865  

 1,750,865 

 1,384,855    102,253  

 263,757 

The following are the contractual maturities of the company’s financial liabilities: 

Company 

2009

Carrying  Contractual  
cash flows 
amount 
$000 
$000 

Less than 
1 year 
$000 

1–2   more than
2 years 
$000

years 
$000 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial liabilities 
Forward exchange contracts: 
	 	Outflow	
	 	Inflow	

 107,347  

 107,347  

 107,347  

 –  

 – 

	50		
	–		

	1,211		
	(1,161)	

	1,211		
	(1,161)	

 107,397  

 107,397 

 107,397  

	–		
	–		

 –  

	–	
	–	

 –

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

97

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk (continued) 

Company 

2008

Carrying  Contractual  
cash flows 
amount 
$000 
$000 

Less than 
1 year 
$000 

1–2   more than
2 years 
$000

years 
$000 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial assets 
Forward exchange contracts: 
	 Outflow	
	 Inflow	

 133,671  

 133,671  

 133,671  

 –  

 –  

	–		
	(375)	

	9,594		
	(9,969)	

	9,594		
	(9,969)	

 133,296  

 133,296  

 133,296  

	–		
	–	

 –  

	–	
	–	

 –

Interest	on	borrowings	is	denominated	in	currencies	that	match	the	cash	flows	generated	by	the	underlying	
operations of the group. This provides an economic hedge and no derivatives are entered into. 

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity 
prices will affect the group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market 
risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising 
the return.

Currency risk

The consolidated entity uses derivative financial instruments to manage specifically identified foreign currency 
risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency  
of the individual group entity. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily the US Dollar, the Euro, the 
British Pound and the Brazilian Real. The consolidated entity uses forward exchange contracts to hedge its 
foreign currency risk. Most of the forward exchange contracts have maturities of less than three months after 
reporting date. 

The consolidated entity uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign currency exposures between the 
Nufarm Step-up Securities issued in Australia and New Zealand, and related group funding to several jurisdictions 
to which the funds were advanced. The foreign exchange contracts primarily cover the exposure on the principal 
advanced to group companies in US Dollars, the Euro and the British Pound. 

The	consolidated	entity	does	not	have	any	cash	flow	hedges	with	all	movements	in	fair	value	recognised	in	 
profit or loss during the period. The net fair value of forward exchange contracts in the group used as hedges of 
forecasted transactions at 31 July 2009 was $6,867,549 (2008: $26,856,120) comprising assets of $16,118,071 
(2008: $26,946,301) and liabilities of $9,250,522 (2008: $90,181) that were recognised as derivatives measured 
at fair value. The net fair value of forward exchange contracts in the company at 31 July 2009 was $50,030 (2008: 
$374,991) comprising assets of $ Nil (2008: $374,991) and liabilities of $50,030 (2008: $ Nil) that were recognised 
as derivatives measured at fair value. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued) 

Currency risk (continued)
Exposure to currency risk   

The consolidated entity’s exposure to major foreign currency risks at balance date was as follows, based on 
notional amounts:  

Consolidated 
31 July 2009 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Bank overdraft 
Trade and other payables 
Loans and borrowings 

AuD 
$000 

uSD 
$000 

 80  
 275  
 –  
 (1,122) 
 –  

 7,328  
 88,947  
 (4,431) 
 (28,936) 
 (86,521) 

Euro 
€000 

 2,263  
 4,477  
 –  
 (10,408) 
 (5,914) 

Gross balance sheet exposure 

 (767) 

 (23,613) 

 (9,582) 

GBP 
£000

 –
 194
 (64)
 (435)
 – 

 (305)

Forward exchange contracts 

Net exposure 

Consolidated 
31 July 2008 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Bank overdraft 
Trade and other payables 
Loans and borrowings 

 (558) 

 84,577  

 (17,732) 

 –

 (1,325) 

 60,964  

 (27,314) 

 (305)

AuD 
$000 

uSD 
$000 

 357  
 1,034  
 –  
 (3,588) 
 –  

 5,764  
 139,893  
 (3,935) 
 (74,543) 
 (114,168) 

Euro 
€000 

 1,152  
 4,956  
 (23) 
 (14,701) 
 (4,555) 

GBP 
£000

 –
 –
 (113)
 (277)
 –

 (390)

Gross balance sheet exposure 

 (2,197) 

 (46,989) 

 (13,171) 

Forward exchange contracts 

Net exposure 

 786  

 37,826  

 (2,015) 

 (1,411) 

 (9,163) 

 (15,186) 

 1,756

 1,366

 The company’s exposure to major foreign currency risks at balance date was as follows, based on notional 
amounts:  

Company 
31 July 2009 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 

Gross balance sheet exposure 

Forward exchange contracts 

Net exposure 

AuD 
$000 

 80  
 84  
 (25) 

 139  

 –  

 139  

uSD 
$000 

 18  
 –  
 (352) 

 (334) 

 312  

 (22) 

Euro 
€000 

 4  
 –  
 (587) 

 (583) 

 387  

 (196) 

GBP 
£000

 – 
 – 
 –

 –

 – 

 – 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued) 

Currency risk (continued)
Exposure to currency risk (continued)

Company 
31 July 2008 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 

Gross balance sheet exposure 

Forward exchange contracts 

Net exposure 

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year: 

AuD 

US dollar 
Euro 
GBP 
BRL 

Sensitivity analysis 

AuD 
$000 

uSD 
$000 

 357  
 180  
 (3,441) 

 205  
 –  
 (3,438) 

 (2,904) 

 (3,233) 

 –  

 (2,904) 

9,627  

6,394 

Euro 
€000 

 150  
 –  
 (591) 

 (441) 

 –  

(441) 

GBP 
£000

 – 
 –
 –

 –

–

 – 

Average rate 

Reporting date

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008

 0.737  
 0.541  
 0.465  
 1.524  

 0.911  
 0.608  
 0.454 
 1.578  

 0.835  
 0.585  
 0.500  
 1.558  

 0.944 
 0.605 
 0.476 
 1.478 

A 10 per cent strengthening or weakening of the Australian dollar against the following currencies at 31 July 
would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes all other 
variables, including interest rates, remain constant. The analysis also assumes that any increases in raw material 
costs arising from changes in exchange rates are not passed on to customers in their selling prices. In the market 
place, nearly all raw material cost increases are passed onto customers and therefore, the profit or loss impact 
below	is	not	truly	reflective	of	the	full	profit	or	loss	impact	of	changes	in	exchange	rates.	The	analysis	is	performed	
on the same basis for 2008. 

10 per cent strengthening 

10 per cent weakening

Consolidated  Company  Consolidated  Company
profit or 
loss 
$000

profit or 
loss 
$000 

profit or 
loss 
$000 

profit or 
loss 
$000 

31 July 2009 
US dollar 
Euro 
GBP 

31 July 2008 
US dollar 
Euro 
GBP 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

100

 (6,637) 
 4,245  
 55  

 2  
 30  
 –  

 882  
 2,282  
 (261) 

 (616) 
 66  
 –  

 7,301  
 (4,669) 
 (61) 

 (971) 
 (2,510) 
 287  

 (3)
 (34)
 – 

 677
 (73)
 –

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued) 

Interest rate risk 

The group has the ability to use derivative financial instruments to manage specifically identified interest rate risks. 
Interest	rate	swaps,	denominated	in	AUD,	have	been	entered	into	to	achieve	an	appropriate	mix	of	fixed	and	floating	
rate exposures. However, at 31 July 2009 and at 31 July 2008, there were no interest rate swaps in place. 

Cash	flow	risk	on	Nufarm	Step-up	Securities		

The	group	uses	interest	rate	caps	to	protect	the	cash	flow	impact	of	a	movement	in	the	distribution	base	rate.	
The distribution rate is the average mid-rate for bank bills with a term of six months plus a margin of 1.90 per cent.  

Profile

At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the group and company’s interest-bearing financial instruments was:

Variable rate instruments 
Financial assets 
Financial liabilities 

 Consolidated 
Carrying amount 

 Company 
Carrying amount

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 35,810  
 (1,022,688) 

 46,532  
 (959,909) 

(986,878) 

 (913,377) 

 1,187  
 –  

 1,187  

 –
 –

 – 

There were no fixed interest rate instruments during the year ended 31 July 2009. 

Sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments 

A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or 
loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency 
rates, remain constant. The sensitivity is calculated on the debt at 31 July. Due to the seasonality of the crop 
protection business, debt levels can vary during the year. This analysis is performed on the same basis for 2008. 

31 July 2009 
Variable rate instruments 

Total sensitivity 

31 July 2008 
Variable rate instruments 

Total sensitivity 

Profit or loss

100bp 
increase 
$000 

100bp 
decrease
$000

 (9,869) 

 (9,869) 

 9,869  

 9,869  

 (9,134) 

 (9,134) 

 9,134  

 9,134  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

31. Financial risk management (continued)

Fair values 

Fair values versus carrying amounts  

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, 
are as follows: 

Consolidated 

Note 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Interest rate cap: 
Payable maturities – one to five years 
Forward exchange contracts: 
  Assets 
  Liabilities 
Bank overdraft 
Unsecured bank loans 
Other loans 
Finance leases 

15  
16  

21  

16  
24  
15  
25  
25  
25  

Company 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Receivables due from controlled entities 
Loans due from controlled entities 
Forward exchange contracts: 
  Asset/(liabilities) 
Bank overdraft 

Note 

15  
16  
16  
16  

16/24 
15  

Carrying 
amount 
2009 
$000 

Fair 
value  
2009 
$000 

Carrying 
amount 
2008 
$000 

Fair
value 
2008
$000

 84,312  
 804,767  

 84,312  
 804,767  

 59,143  
 842,058  

 59,143 
 842,058 

 967  

 967  

 8,504  

 8,504 

 16,118  
 (9,250) 
 (35,669) 
 (971,009) 
 (1,836) 
 (14,174) 

 16,118  
 (9,250) 
 (35,669) 
 (971,009) 
 (1,836) 
 (14,174) 

 26,946  
 (90) 
 (20,841) 
 (923,133) 
 (1,028) 
 (14,907) 

 26,946 
 (90)
 (20,841)
(923,133)
 (1,028)
 (14,907)

 (125,774) 

 (125,774) 

 (23,348) 

 (23,348)

Carrying 
amount 
2009 
$000 

 1,856  
 5,576  
 6,637  
 778,111  

Fair 
value  
2009 
$000 

 1,856  
 5,576  
 6,637  
 778,111  

Carrying 
amount 
2008 
$000 

 3,308  
 4,833  
 939  
 461,389  

Fair
value 
2008
$000

 3,308 
 4,833 
 939 
 461,389 

 (50) 
 –  

 (50) 
 –  

 375  
 –  

 375 
 – 

 792,130  

 792,130  

 470,844  

 470,844 

Capital management 

The board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence 
and to sustain future development of the business. The board of directors monitors the group’s return on funds 
employed (ROFE). Return is calculated on the group’s earnings before interest and tax and adjusted for any 
non-operating items. Funds employed is defined as shareholder’s funds plus total interest bearing debt.  

The board of directors determines the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. The board also reviews the 
group’s total shareholder return with relevant comparator groups. The board believes ROFE is an appropriate 
performance condition as it ensures management is focused on the efficient use of capital and the measure 
remains effective regardless of the mix of equity and debt, which may change from time to time. The group’s 
target ROFE is 17.25 per cent; during the year ended 31 July 2009 the return was 11.7 per cent (2008: 17.2 per cent).

There were no changes in the group’s approach to capital management during the year.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

32. Operating leases   

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows: 

Not later than one year 
Later than one year but not later than two years 
Later than two years but not later than five years 
Later than five years 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

 10,793  
 9,479  
 20,290  
 180,300  

2008 
$000 

 6,763  
 6,526  
 18,232  
 183,339  

 220,862  

 214,860  

2009 
$000 

 126  
 22  
 22  
 –  

 170  

2008
$000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Operating leases are generally entered to access the use of shorter term assets such as motor vehicles, mobile 
plant and office equipment. Rentals are fixed for the duration of these leases. There is a small number of leases 
for office properties. These rentals have regular reviews based on market rentals at the time of review.  

33. Capital and other commitments

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Capital expenditure commitments
Plant and equipment 
Contracted but not provided for and payable: 

Within one year 

 12,021  

 14,078  

 –  

 – 

34. Contingencies 

The directors are of the opinion that provisions are not required in respect of the following matters, as it is not 
probable that a future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required or the amount is not capable of reliable 
measurement. 

The parent entity together with all the material wholly owned controlled entities have entered into a negative pledge 
deed with the group’s lenders whereby all group entities, which are a party to the deed, have guaranteed 
repayment of all liabilities in the event that any of these companies are wound up. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

34. Contingencies (continued) 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Guarantee facility for Eastern European  
joint ventures with FMC Corporation. 

 10,276  

 4,222  

 –  

 – 

Environmental guarantee given to the purchaser  
of land and buildings at Genneviliers for EUR 8.5 million.  
The guarantee expires in 2014, 18 months after the  
expiry of the business tenancy contract. 

Guarantee upon sale of a business limited to  
EUR 2.29 million on account of possible remediation  
costs for soil and groundwater contamination.  
This guarantee decreases from 2004 progressively  
to nil in 2011. 

Insurance bond for EUR 2.717 million established  
to make certain capital expenditures at Gaillon plant  
in France. The insurance bond is for a three year term. 

 14,530  

 14,050  

 –  

 – 

 3,915  

 3,785  

 –  

 4,644  

 4,463  

 –  

 – 

 – 

Bank guarantee for Holland defined benefit pension  
plan to ensure coverage ratios. 

 342  

 –  

 33,707  

 26,520  

 –  

 – 

35. Group entities

Parent entity 
Nufarm Limited – ultimate controlling entity 

Subsidiaries 
Access Genetics Pty Ltd 
ACN000425927 Pty Ltd  
Agcare Biotech Pty Ltd 
Agchem Receivables Corporation 
Agryl Holdings Limited 
Ag-seed Research Pty Ltd 
AH Marks (New Zealand) Limited 
AH Marks Australia Pty Ltd 
AH Marks Holdings Limited 
Artfern Pty Ltd 
Australis Services Pty Ltd 
Bestbeech Pty Ltd 

Notes 

Place of 
incorporation 

Percentage 
of shares held

2009 

2008

(a),(b)  

(a),(b)  

(b)  
(a)  
(a)  
(a)  

Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
USA  
Australia  
Australia  
New Zealand  
Australia  
United Kingdom  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  

 100  
 100  
 70  
 100 
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  

 100 
 100 
 70 
 40 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

35. Group entities (continued) 

Chemicca Limited 
CNG Holdings BV 
Crop Care Australasia Pty Ltd 
Crop Care Holdings Limited 
Croplands Equipment Limited 
Croplands Equipment Pty Ltd 
Danestoke Pty Ltd 
Edgehill Investments Pty Ltd 
Fchem (Aust) Limited  
Fernz Canada Limited 
Fernz Singapore Pte Ltd 
Fidene Limited 
Finotech BV 
First Classic Pty Ltd 
Framchem SA 
Frost Technology Corporation 
Greenfarm Hellas Chemicals SA 
Growell Limited 
Laboratoire European de Biotechnologie s.a.s 
Le Moulin des Ecluses s.a 
Lefroy Seeds Pty Ltd 
Les Ecluses de la Garenne s.a.s 
Manaus Holdings Sdn Bhd 
Marman (Nufarm) Inc 
Marman de Guatemala Sociedad Anomima 
Marman de Mexico Sociedad Anomima  
  De Capital Variable 
Marman Holdings LLC 
Mastra Corporation Pty Ltd 
Mastra Corporation Sdn Bhd 
Mastra Corporation USA Pty Ltd 
Mastra Holdings Sdn Bhd 
Mastra Industries Sdn Bhd 
Medisup International NV 
Medisup Securities Limited 
Nufarm (Asia) Pte Ltd 
Nufarm Agriculture (Pty) Ltd 
Nufarm Agriculture Inc 
Nufarm Agriculture Inc (USA) 
Nufarm Agriculture Zimbabwe (Pvt) Ltd 
Nufarm Americas Holding Company 
Nufarm Americas Inc 
Nufarm Asia Sdn Bhd 
Nufarm Australia Limited 
Nufarm BV 

Notes 

(a)  

(a),(b)  

(b)  
(a),(b)  

(a),(b)  
(b)  
(b)  

(b)  

(b)  

(b)  

(b)  

(b)  

(b)  
(b)  

(b)  
(b)  

(a),(b)  
(b)  

(b)  

(b)  
(b)  

(a),(b)  
(b)  

Place of 
incorporation 

Australia  
Netherlands  
Australia  
New Zealand  
New Zealand  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
Canada  
Singapore  
New Zealand  
Netherlands  
Australia  
Egypt  
USA  
Greece  
United Kingdom  
France  
France  
Australia  
France  
Malaysia  
USA  
Guatemala  

Mexico  
USA  
Australia  
Malaysia  
Australia  
Malaysia  
Malaysia  
N. Antillies  
Australia  
Singapore  
South Africa  
Canada  
USA  
Zimbabwe  
USA  
USA  
Malaysia  
Australia  
Netherlands  

Percentage 
of shares held

2009 

2008

 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  

 100  
 100  
 70 
 70  
 70  
 70  
 70  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  

 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 

 100 
 100 
 70 
 70 
 70 
 70 
 70 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

105

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

35. Group entities (continued) 

Nufarm Chemical (Shanghai) Co Ltd 
Nufarm Chile Limitada 
Nufarm Colombia S.A.  
Nufarm Crop Products UK Limited 
Nufarm de Costa Rica 
Nufarm de Guatemala SA 
Nufarm de Mexico Sa de CV 
Nufarm de Panama SA 
Nufarm de Venezuela SA 
Nufarm del Ecuador SA 
Nufarm Deutschland GmbH 
Nufarm do Brazil LTDA 
Nufarm Espana SA  
Nufarm Finance (NZ) Limited 
Nufarm GmbH 
Nufarm GmbH 
Nufarm GmbH & Co KG 
Nufarm Holdings (NZ) Limited 
Nufarm Holdings BV 
Nufarm Holdings s.a.s 
Nufarm Hungaria Kft 
Nufarm Inc. 
Nufarm Industria Quimica e Farmaceutica SA  
  (formerly Agripec Quimica e Farmaceutica SA) 
Nufarm Insurance Pte Ltd 
Nufarm Investments Cooperatie WA 
Nufarm Italia Holding srl (merged into Nufarm  
  Italia srl) 
Nufarm Italia srl 
Nufarm KK 
Nufarm Labuan Pte Ltd 
Nufarm Limited 
Nufarm Malaysia Sdn Bhd 
Nufarm Materials Limited 
Nufarm NZ Limited 
Nufarm Peru SAC 
Nufarm Platte Pty Ltd 
Nufarm Portugal LDA 
Nufarm Romania SRL (formerly Nufarm Srl) 
Nufarm s.a.s  
Nufarm SA 
Nufarm Suisse Sarl (formerly Nufarm  
  Switzerland LLC) 
Nufarm Technologies (M) Sdn Bhd  

Notes 

(b)  
(b)  
(b)  

(b)  

(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  

(b)  

(b)  

(b)  

(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(a),(b)  
(b)  

(b)  
(b)  
(b)  
(b)  

(b)  

Place of 
incorporation 

China  
Chile  
Colombia  
United Kingdom  
Costa Rica  
Guatemala  
Mexico  
Panama  
Venezuela  
Ecuador  
Germany  
Brazil  
Spain  
New Zealand  
Germany  
Austria  
Austria  
New Zealand  
Netherlands  
France  
Hungary  
USA  

Brazil  
Singapore  
Netherlands  

Italy  
Italy  
Japan  
Malaysia  
United Kingdom  
Malaysia  
Australia  
New Zealand  
Peru  
Australia  
Portugal  
Romania  
France  
Argentina  

Switzerland  
Malaysia  

Percentage 
of shares held

2009 

2008

 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  

 100  
 100  
 100  

 –  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  

 100  
 51  

 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 

 100 
 100 
 100 

 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 – 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 

 100 
 51 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

106

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

35. Group entities (continued) 

Nufarm Technologies USA 
Nufarm Technologies USA Pty Ltd 
Nufarm Treasury Pty Ltd 
Nufarm UK Limited 
Nugrain Pty Ltd 
Nuseed Pty Ltd 
Nutrihealth Grains Pty Ltd 
Nutrihealth Pty Ltd 
Opti-Crop Systems Pty Ltd 
Pharma Pacific Pty Ltd 
PT Crop Care 
PT Nufarm Indonesia 
Selchem Pty Ltd 

Notes 

(a),(b)  
(b)  

(b)  
(a)  

(b)  
(a)  

Place of 
incorporation 

New Zealand  
Australia  
Australia  
United Kingdom  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
Australia  
Indonesia  
Indonesia  
Australia  

Percentage 
of shares held

2009 

2008

 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 75  
 100 
 100  
 100  
 100  

 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 75 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 100

Note (a). These entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee dated 10 July 2000 with Nufarm Limited 
which provides that all parties to the deed will guarantee to each creditor payment in full of any debt of each 
company participating in the deed on winding-up of that company. As a result of a class order issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investment Commission, these companies are relieved from the requirement to  
prepare financial statements. 

Note (b). These entities have entered into a deed of negative pledge dated 24 October 1996 (last amendment 
dated 30 January 2009) with group lenders which provides that all parties to the deed will guarantee to each 
creditor payment in full of any debt of each company participating in the deed. 

36. Deed of cross guarantee 

Under ASIC Class Order 98/1418, the Australian wholly-owned subsidiaries referred to in note 35 are relieved 
from the  Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of financial reports and 
director’s reports. 

It is a condition of the class order that the company and each of the subsidiaries enter into a deed of cross 
guarantee. The parent entity and all the Australian controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee 
dated 10 July 2000 which provides that all parties to the deed will guarantee to each creditor payment in full of 
any debt of each company participating in the deed on winding-up of that company. 

A consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet, comprising the company and controlled entities 
which are a party to the deed, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the deed of cross guarantee, 
at 31 July 2009 is set out as follows: 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

107

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

36. Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

 Consolidated

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Summarised income statement and retained profits 
Profit before income tax expense 
Income tax expense 

 60,239  
 (16,149) 

Net profit attributable to members of the closed group 

 44,090  

Retained profits at the beginning of the period 
Amendments to the closed group 
Dividends paid 

Retained profits at the end of the period 

Statement of financial position 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Current tax assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Equity accounted investments 
Other investments 
Deferred tax assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

Statement of financial position 
Current liabilities 
Bank overdraft 
Trade and other payables 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Employee benefits 
Current tax payable 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

108

 65,100 
 (20,201)

 44,899 

 299,730 
 – 
 (58,322)

 286,307 

 3,632 
 216,307 
 281,801 
 19,265 

 521,005 

 12,749 
 527,716 
 23,687 
 162,959 
 91,039 
 818,150 

 286,307  
 2,122  
 (65,297) 

 267,222  

 4,326  
 470,871  
 192,403  
 1,823  

 669,423  

 10,365  
 588,586  
 23,274  
 162,553  
 43,909  
 828,687  

 1,498,110  

 1,339,155 

 –  
 195,705  
 105,875  
 3,471  
 7,130  

 312,181  

 32,350  
 4,185  
 2,863  
 11,277  

 50,675  

 3,680 
 386,779 
 84,500 
 8,509 
 11,169 

 494,637 

 14,000 
 13,090 
 9,173 
 4,000 

 40,263 

 362,856  

 534,900 

 1,135,254  

 804,255 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

36. Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

Equity 
Share capital 
Reserves 
Retained earnings 

TOTAL EQuITY 

 Consolidated

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 812,844  
 55,188  
 267,222  

456,870 
 61,078 
 286,307 

 1,135,254  

 804,255 

37. Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit for the period 
Dividend from associated company 
Non-cash items: 
Amortisation 
Depreciation 
Loss on sale of investment 
Gain on disposal of non current assets 
Net realisable value inventory adjustment 
Write-down of non current assets 
Share of profits of associates net of tax 
Movement in provisions for: 
Deferred tax 
Tax assets 
Exchange rate change on foreign  
controlled entities provisions 

Operating profit before changes in working 
capital and provisions 
Movements in working capital items: 
(Increase)/decrease in receivables 
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 
Increase/(decrease) in payables 
Increase/(decrease) in income tax payable 
Exchange rate change on foreign controlled  
entities working capital items 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

 80,542  
 423  

 138,120  
 373  

 55,349  
 –  

 64,698 
 373 

 16,361  
 48,412  
 3,813  
 (284) 
 67,611  
 –  
 (3,080) 

 10,900  
 36,580  
 –  
 (135) 
 –  
 165  
 (2,698) 

 69  
 617  
 –  
 44  
 –  
 –  
 (1,091) 

 6,976  
 (78,655) 

 15,956  
 (33,530) 

 (74) 
 11,450  

 34 
 612 
 – 
(16)
 – 
 – 
(1,237)

 71 
(1,734)

 2,511  

 1,851  

 39  

(220)

 144,630  

 167,582  

 66,403  

 62,581 

 58,862  
 46,499  
 (349,585) 
 11,883  

 (8,728) 
 (354,235) 
 68,583  
 (4,223) 

 34,586  

 3,619  

(197,755) 

(294,984) 

 (377) 
 (416) 
 (7,044) 
 (1,422) 

 1,669  

(7,590) 

 2,286 
(2,597)
 2,742 
(6,869)

(1,901)

(6,339)

Net operating cash flows 

 (53,125) 

 (127,402) 

 58,813  

 56,242 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

38. Key management personnel disclosures 

The following were key management personnel of the consolidated entity at any time during the reporting period 
and were key management personnel for the entire period. 

Executives 
BF Benson – Group general manager agriculture 
R Heath – Group general manager corporate services and company secretary 

Non-executive directors 
KM Hoggard (Chairman) 
GDW Curlewis 
Dr RJ Edgar (appointed 1 July 2009)  KP Martin – Chief financial officer
Dr WB Goodfellow 
GA Hounsell 
DG McGauchie 
Dr JW Stocker 

DA Mellody – Group general manager global marketing 
RF Ooms – Group general manager chemicals 
MJ Pointon – Group general manager innovation and development 
DA Pullan – Group general manager operations 
RG Reis – Group general manager corporate strategy and external affairs 

Executive director 
DJ Rathbone – Managing director and chief executive 

Key management personnel compensation 

The key management personnel compensation included in personnel expenses (see note 9) are as follows: 

Short term employee benefits 
Post employment benefits 
Equity compensation benefits 
Other long term benefits 

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$ 

2008 
$ 

2009 
$ 

2008
$

 6,320,665  
 698,981  
 77,250  
 262,368  

 9,723,114  
 644,142  
 97,045  
 299,266  

 849,750  
 123,500  
 77,250  
 –  

 777,661 
 113,516 
 50,000 
 – 

 7,359,264  

 10,763,567  

 1,050,500  

 941,177 

Individual directors and executives compensation disclosures

Information regarding individual directors and executives compensation is provided in the remuneration report 
section of the director’s report.

Apart from the details disclosed in this note, no director has entered into a material contract with the company or 
the consolidated entity since the end of the previous financial year and there were no material contracts involving 
director’s interest existing at year-end.

Loans to key management personnel and their related parties

There were no loans to key management personnel at July 31 2009.

Other key management personnel transactions with the company or its controlled entities

A number of key management persons, or their related parties, hold positions in other entities that result in them 
having	control	or	significant	influence	over	the	financial	or	operating	policies	of	those	entities.	A	number	of	these	
entities transacted with the company or its subsidiaries in the reporting period. The terms and conditions of the 
transactions with management persons and their related parties were no more favourable than those available,  
or which might reasonably be expected to be available, on similar transactions to non-director related entities  
on an arms-length basis.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

38. Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

Other key management personnel transactions with the company or its controlled entities continued

From time to time, key management personnel of the company or its controlled entities, or their related entities, 
may purchase goods from the group. These purchases are on the same terms and conditions as those entered 
into by other group employees or customers and are trivial or domestic in nature. 

Options and rights over equity instruments granted as compensation

No options or other equity instruments were granted to key management personnel during the current or prior 
year reporting period as compensation.

Movements in shares 

The movement during the reporting period in the number of ordinary shares in Nufarm Limited held, directly, 
indirectly or beneficially, by each key management person, including their related parties, is as follows: 

Shares held 
in Nufarm Ltd  

2009
Directors 
KM Hoggard1  
DJ Rathbone 
GDW Curlewis 
Dr WB Goodfellow1, 2   
Dr RJ Edgar 
GA Hounsell1 
DG McGauchie1  
Dr JW Stocker1  

Executives 
BF Benson 
R Heath 
KP Martin 
DA Mellody 
RF Ooms 
MJ Pointon 
DA Pullan 
RG Reis 

Total 

Balance 
at 1 August 
2008  

Granted as 

Exercise 
remuneration  of options 

Net  
change 
other 

Balance at

31 July  
2009

2,383,614  
25,912,610  
44,533  
665,846  
 –  
45,170  
17,038  
41,522  

149,760  
209,001  
402,673  
16,491  
331,155  
32,756  
138,184  
128,569  

30,518,922  

 –  
 –  
 2,293  
 1,550  
 –  
 1,550  
 –  
 1,550  

 12,895  
 6,233  
 12,895  
 9,671  
 12,143  
 4,827  
 13,432  
 10,746  

 89,785  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 (1,750,000) 
 1,454  
 40,622  
 –  
 –  
 3,000  
 708  

 2,383,614 
 24,162,610 
 48,280 
 708,018 
 – 
 46,720 
 20,038 
 43,780 

 (88,154) 
 –  
 64  
 (5,196) 
 –  
 (20,000) 
 –  
 (20,000) 

 74,501 
 215,234 
 415,632 
 20,966 
 343,298 
 17,583 
 151,616 
 119,315 

 –  

 (1,837,502) 

 28,771,205 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

38. Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

Movements in shares (continued)

Shares held 
in Nufarm Ltd  

2008
Directors 
KM Hoggard1 
DJ Rathbone 
GDW Curlewis 
Dr WB Goodfellow1, 2   
GA Hounsell1 
DG McGauchie1 
Dr JW Stocker1 
RFE Warburton1 

Executives 
BF Benson 
R Heath 
KP Martin 
DA Mellody 
RF Ooms 
DA Pullan 
RG Reis 

Total 

Balance 
at 1 August 
2007  

Granted as 

Exercise 
remuneration  of options 

Net  
change 
other 

Balance at

31 July  
2008

2,383,614  
29,912,610  
43,787  
662,914  
61,959  
16,376  
40,973  
66,938  

159,429  
209,001  
402,673  
16,491  
356,820  
225,392  
180,319  

 –  
 –  
 415  
 549  
 549  
 –  
 549  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 (4,000,000) 
 331  
 2,383  
 (17,338) 
 662  
 –  
 662  

 2,383,614 
 25,912,610 
 44,533 
 665,846 
 45,170 
 17,038 
 41,522 
 67,600 

 (9,669) 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 (25,665) 
 (87,208) 
 (51,750) 

 149,760 
 209,001 
 402,673 
 16,491 
 331,155 
 138,184 
 128,569 

34,739,296  

 2,062  

 –  

 (4,187,592) 

 30,553,766 

All equity transactions with key management personnel other than those arising from the exercise of remuneration 
options have been entered into under terms and conditions no more favourable than those the entity would have 
adopted if dealing at arm’s length. 

1  The shareholdings of KM Hoggard, GDW Curlewis, Dr WB Goodfellow, GA Hounsell, DG McGauchie and Dr JW Stocker include shares 

issued under the company’s non-executive director share plan and are held by Pacific Custodians Pty Ltd as trustee of the plan. 

2  The shareholding of Dr WB Goodfellow includes his relevant interest in:   

 (i) 

 St Kentigern Trust Board (430,186 shares and 19,727 Nufarm Step-up Securities) – Dr Goodfellow is chairman of the trust board. 
Dr Goodfellow does not have a beneficial interest in these shares or Step-up Securities.  

 (ii)   Sulkem Company Limited (117,628 shares). 

 (iii)   Auckland Medical Research Foundation (26,558 Step-up Securities). Dr Goodfellow does not have a beneficial interest in these 

Step-up Securities. 

 (iv)  Trustees of the Goodfellow Foundation (35,698 shares and 1,338 Step-up Securities). Dr Goodfellow does not have a beneficial 

interest in these shares or Step-up Securities. 

39. Non-key management personnel disclosures 

(a) Transactions with related parties in the wholly-owned group 

The parent entity entered into the following transactions during the year with subsidiaries of the group: 

•	 loans	were	advanced	and	repayments	received	on	short	term	intercompany	accounts;	and	

•	 management	fees	were	received	from	several	wholly-owned	controlled	entities.

These transactions were undertaken on commercial terms and conditions. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

39. Non-key management personnel disclosures (continued) 

(b) Transactions with associated parties

 Consolidated

Bayer CropScience Nufarm Limited  Sales to  

SRFA LLC 

Excel Crop Care Ltd 

F&N joint ventures 

Purchases from 
Trade receivable 
Trade payable 
Sales to  
Commissions  
received 
Interest received 
Trade receivable 
Purchases from 
Trade payable 
Sales to  
Trade payable 
Trade receivable 

2009 
$000 

 17,069  
 18,938  
 –  
 –  
 3,682  

 57  
 3  
 –  
 978  
 –  
 68,450  
 –  
 36,028  

2008
$000

 13,859  
 13,875  
 1,651  
 5,930  
 2,238  

 –  
 16  
 486  
 1,015  
 247  
 65,087  
 248  
 29,140  

These transactions were undertaken on commercial terms and conditions. 

40. Subsequent events 

On 28 September 2009, the directors declared a final unfranked dividend of 15 cents per share, payable  
13 November 2009. The financial effect of this dividend has not been brought to account in the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2009 and will be recognised in the subsequent financial reports. The declaration and 
subsequent payment of dividends has no income tax consequences for the company. 

With the UK Competition Commission inquiry now finalised, plans are advancing for the consolidation of the 
business activities in the UK at the Wyke location. The plant at Belvedere will cease production in October.  
No material gain or loss is expected from the closure of the site. 

On 5 August 2009, Nufarm acquired two US based sorghum companies, Richardson Seeds Ltd and MMR 
Genetics Ltd. Richardsons Seeds is a leading producer and marketer of sorghum seed hybrids, with a leading 
market share in the US and expanding positions internationally. MMR Genetics is a global leader in the development 
of elite sorghum germplasm, used by many of the world’s top seed companies. Combined sales of Richardsons 
Seeds and MMR in 2008 totalled approximately US$22 million.  

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAL STATEmENTS CONTINuED

41. Auditors’ remuneration 

Audit services
KPMG Australia   

 Consolidated 

 Company

2009 
$000 

2008 
$000 

2009 
$000 

2008
$000

Audit and review of group financial report 

 409  

 385  

 –  

 – 

Overseas KPMG firms 

Audit and review of group financial report 
Audit and review of local statutory reports 

Other auditors 

Audit and review of financial reports 

Other services 
KPMG Australia   

Transaction due diligence services 
Other assurance services 
Overseas KPMG firms 

Other assurance services 

 947  
 286  

 941  
 188  

 1,642  

 1,514  

 122  

 1,764  

 155  

 1,669  

 15  
 –  

 48  

 63  

 12  
 14  

 35  

 61  

 118  
 23  

 141 

 –  

 141  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 63 
 64 

 127 

 – 

 127 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

1. In the opinion of the directors of Nufarm Limited (the company): 

(a)   the financial statements and notes, and the remuneration report in the directors’ report, are in accordance 

with the Corporations Act 2001 including: 

(i)   giving a true and fair view of the company’s and the group’s financial position as at 31 July 2009  

and of their performance, for the financial year ended on that date; and  

(ii)   complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations)  

and the Corporations Regulations 2001;  

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in  

note 2(a); and 

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when  

they become due and payable. 

2.  There are reasonable grounds to believe that the company and the group entities identified in note 36 will  

be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject to by virtue of the deed 
of cross guarantee between the company and those group entities pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418.

3.  The directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001  
from the chief executive officer and chief financial officer for the financial year ended 31 July 2009. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors: 

Dated at Melbourne this 28th day of September 2009 

KM Hoggard
Director

DJ Rathbone
Director

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AuDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF NUFARM LIMITED

Report on the financial report

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Nufarm Limited (the company), which comprises the 
balance sheets as at 31 July 2009, and the income statements, statements of recognised income and expense 
and	cash	flow	statements	for	the	year	ended	on	that	date,	a	summary	of	significant	accounting	policies	and	other	
explanatory notes 1 to 41 and the directors’ declaration of the group comprising the company and the entities  
it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year. 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the 
Corporations Act 2001. This responsibility includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the 
preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are 
reasonable in the circumstances. In note 2(a), the directors also state, in accordance with Australian Accounting 
Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the financial report, comprising the financial 
statements and notes, complies with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant 
ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, 
the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial 
report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose  
of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating  
the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by  
the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

We performed the procedures to assess whether in all material respects the financial report presents fairly,  
in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian 
Accounting Interpretations), a view which is consistent with our understanding of the company’s and the  
group’s financial position and of their performance. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our  
audit opinion. 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

116

 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AuDITOR’S REPORT CONTINuED
TO THE MEMBERS OF NUFARM LIMITED

Independence

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Auditor’s opinion

In our opinion:

(a)  the financial report of Nufarm Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)   giving a true and fair view of the company’s and the group’s financial position as at 31 July 2009  

and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii)   complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations)  

and the Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)  the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 2(a). 

Material uncertainty regarding revenue recognised and valuation of accounts receivable relating  
to a claim made on a supplier 

Without qualification to the opinion expressed above, attention is drawn to the following matter. As stated in notes 
2(d)(vi) and 16, the consolidated entity has recorded revenue and an amount receivable of $37.8 million under an 
Exclusive Distribution Agreement with a major supplier. The matter is the subject of a commercial dispute between 
the parties which may result in a negotiated settlement or legal proceedings, the outcome of which cannot be 
predicted with certainty. No provision has been made for any shortfall in recovery of the amount.

Report on the remuneration report

We have audited the remuneration disclosures included under the heading ‘remuneration report’ in the directors’ 
report for the year ended 31 July 2009. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and 
presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance 
with Auditing Standards.

Auditor’s opinion

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Nufarm Limited for the year ended 31 July 2009, complies with  
Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

KPMG

Paul J McDonald
Partner

Melbourne
28 September 2009

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member films affiliated with  
KPMG International, a Swiss cooperative.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShAREhOLDER AND STATuTORY INFORmATION

Details of shareholders, shareholdings and top 20 shareholders

Listed securities – 25 September 2009 

Number  
of holders  

Number  
of securities  

Percentage held
by top 20

Fully paid ordinary shares  

16,583 

218,061,199 

67.68

Ordinary  
shares as at  
25.09.09  

Percentage of
issued capital
as at 25.09.09

10.81

10.38

9.09

8.04

6.93

5.67

2.51

2.43

1.93

1.37

1.23

1.14

1.08

1.05

1.03

0.77

0.66

0.57

0.54

0.45

Twenty largest shareholders 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

Falls Creek No 2 Pty Ltd 

National Nominees Limited 

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

Amalgamated Dairies Limited 

ANZ Nominees Limited  

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 3 

Challenge Investment Company Limited 

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited 

Mr Edgar William Preston + Mr Paul Gerard Keeling  

AMP Life Limited 

23,581,546 

22,630,987 

19,824,214 

17,536,331 

15,112,542 

12,374,673 

5,467,815 

5,306,386 

4,211,876 

2,984,673 

2,675,980 

2,493,253 

2,345,665 

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited   2,283,206 

RAM Custodian Limited + GBH Trustee Services Ltd 

Pacific Custodians Pty Ltd  

CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd  

Queensland Investment Corporation 

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd 

Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Ltd  

2,243,750 

1,668,332 

1,444,468 

1,235,461 

1,174,188 

990,000 

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShAREhOLDER AND STATuTORY INFORmATION CONTINuED

Distribution of shareholders 

Size of holding 

1 – 1,000  

  1,001 – 5,000  

  5,001 – 10,000  

  10,001 – 100,000  

 100,001 and over  

Number of  
holders as at  
25.09.09 

Ordinary
shares held
 as at 25.09.09

7,112 

7,320 

1,288 

772 

91 

3,725,228

18,022,190

9,110,903

16,940,707

170,262,171

Of these, 287 shareholders held less than a marketable parcel of shares of $500 worth of shares (45 shares).  
In accordance with the ASX Listing Rules, the last sale price of the company’s shares on the ASX on 25 September 
2009 was used to determine the number of shares in a marketable parcel.

Stock exchanges on which securities are listed

Ordinary shares: Australian Securities Exchange Limited.

Substantial shareholders

In accordance with section 671B of the Corporations Act, as at 25 September 2009, the substantial shareholders 
set out below have notified the company of their respective relevant interest in voting shares in the company 
shown adjacent to their respective names as follows:

Number and percentage of shares in which interest held at date of notice

Date of notice 

Number  

Interest %

Amalgamated Dairies Ltd  

Khyber Pass Ltd1  

Glade Building Ltd2  

Hauraki Trading Ltd3  

Oxford Trustees (Paul Gerard Keeling  

and Edgar William Preston)4  

Douglas John Rathbone  

21 May 2009 

21 May 2009 

21 May 2009 

21 May 2009 

21 May 2009 

21 May 2009 

15,111,068 

15,129,481 

15,491,269 

15,847,083 

15,509,682 

24,162,610 

7.04

7.05

7.22

7.39

7.23

11.26

1  Khyber Pass Ltd has a relevant interest in Amalgamated Dairies Ltd and, as a result, the number of shares disclosed by it includes  

the shares held by Amalgamated Dairies Ltd.

2  Glade Building Ltd has a relevant interest in Amalgamated Dairies Ltd and, as a result, the number of shares disclosed by it includes 

the shares held by Amalgamated Dairies Ltd.

3  Hauraki Trading Ltd has a relevant interest in Amalgamated Dairies Ltd and, as a result, the number of shares disclosed by it includes 

the shares held by Amalgamated Dairies Ltd.

4  Oxford Trustees has a relevant interest in Glade Building Ltd, Khyber Pass Ltd and Amalgamated Dairies Ltd and, as a result, the 
number of shares disclosed by it includes the shares held by Glade Building Ltd, Khyber Pass Ltd and Amalgamated Dairies Ltd.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShAREhOLDER AND STATuTORY INFORmATION CONTINuED

Shareholder information

Annual general meeting

The annual general meeting of Nufarm Limited will be held on Thursday 3 December 2009 at 10.00am in  
the Ballroom, Rendezvous Hotel, 328 Flinders Street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. Full details are contained  
in the notice of meeting sent to all shareholders.

Voting rights

Shareholders are encouraged to attend the annual general meeting. However, when this is not possible, they  
are encouraged to use the form of proxy by which they can express their views. Proxy voting can be completed 
online via www.nufarm.com/annualgeneralmeeting or via post by completing the proxy form and sending it back 
in the return envelope.

Every shareholder, proxy or shareholder’s representative has one vote on a show of hands. In the case of a poll,
each share held by every shareholder, proxy or representative is entitled to one vote for each fully paid share.

Stock exchange listing

Nufarm shares are listed under the symbol NUF on the ASX. The securities of the company are traded on the 
ASX under CHESS (Clearing House Electronic Sub-register System), which allows settlement of on-market 
transactions without having to reply on paper documentation.

Shareholders seeking more information about CHESS should contact their stockbroker or the ASX.

Shareholder details

The Nufarm Limited Share Register is managed by Computershare Investor Services. you can gain access  
to your shareholding information in the following ways.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

120

 
 
 
 
 
ShAREhOLDER AND STATuTORY INFORmATION CONTINuED

Online via Investor Centre

Step 1  Go to www.computershare.com/au/investors
Step 2  Select ‘Holding Enquiry’
Step 3  Enter NUF or Nufarm Limited
Step 4   Enter your Securityholder Reference Number (SRN) or Holder Identification Number (HIN), postcode  

or country if outside Australia

Step 5  Enter the security code that appears and agree to the terms and conditions
Step 6  Select ‘Submit’

Alternatively, manage your portfolio by becoming a member of Investor Centre and register for a username  
and password at www.computershare.com/au/investors

By telephone via InvestorPhone (Australian shareholders only)

InvestorPhone provides telephone access 24 hours a day seven days a week.

Step 1  Call the Nufarm shareholder information line on 1300 652 479
Step 2  Follow the prompts to gain secure, immediate access to your:

– holding details

– registration details

– payment information

Shareholder communications

you can choose to receive shareholder communications electronically. Register for this initiative at  
www.eTree.com.au/nufarm and a donation of $1 will go to Landcare to support urgent reforestation projects  
in Australia and New Zealand.

The default for receiving the annual report is now via the company’s website – www.nufarm.com

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShAREhOLDER AND STATuTORY INFORmATION CONTINuED

Shareholder enquiries

Contact:

Computershare Investor Services
yarra Falls, 452 Johnston Street 
Abbotsford Victoria 3067
GPO Box 2975 
Melbourne Victoria 3001

Telephone: 1300 652 479 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4360 (outside Australia)

Email: web.queries@computerhsare.com.au

Dividends

A final unfranked dividend of 15 cents per share will be paid on 13 November 2009 to shareholders registered  
on 16 October 2009.

Australian and New Zealand shareholders may elect to have dividends paid directly into a bank account anywhere 
in Australia and New Zealand. Forms for this purpose can be obtained on www.computershare.com.au or by 
request from the share registry.

Key dates

16 October 2009 
Record date (books closing) for 2008–09 final dividend

13 November 2009 
Final dividend for 2008–09 payable

30 October 2009* 
Annual report sent to shareholders

3 December 2009 
Annual general meeting

30 March 2010* 
Announcement of profit result for half year ending 31 January 2010

31 July 2010 
End of financial year

* Subject to confirmation.

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
ShAREhOLDER AND STATuTORY INFORmATION CONTINuED

For enquiries relating to the operations of the company, please contact the Nufarm Corporate Affairs Office on:

Telephone: (61) 3 9282 1177
Facsimile: (61) 3 9282 1111
Email: robert.reis@au.nufarm.com

Written correspondence should be directed to:

Corporate Affairs Office
Nufarm Limited
PO Box 103
Laverton Victoria 3028 Australia

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

123

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORY

Directors

Share registrar

KM Hoggard – Chairman
GDW Curlewis – Deputy Chairman
DJ Rathbone AM – Managing Director
Dr RJ Edgar
Dr WB Goodfellow
GA Hounsell
DG McGauchie AO
Dr JW Stocker AO

Company Secretary

R Heath

Solicitors

Arnold Bloch Leibler & Co
333 Collins Street
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia

Sylvia Miller & Associates
131 Orrong Road
Elsternwick Victoria 3185 Australia

Auditors

KPMG
147 Collins Street
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia

Australia
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd
GPO Box 2975EE
Melbourne Victoria 3001 Australia
Telephone: 1300 850 505
Outside Australia: 61 3 9415 4000

Step-up Securities registrar

New Zealand
Computershare Registry Services Limited
Private Bag 92119
Auckland New Zealand 1020
Telephone: 64 9 488 8700

Registered office

103–105 Pipe Road
Laverton North Victoria 3026 Australia
Telephone: 61 3 9282 1000
Facsimile: 61 3 9282 1001

NZ branch office

6 Manu Street
Otahuhu Auckland New Zealand
Telephone: 64 9 270 4157
Facsimile: 64 9 267 8444

Trustee for Nufarm Step-up Securities

website

Permanent Trustee Company Ltd
35 Clarence Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia

http://www.nufarm.com

Nufarm Limited
ACN 091 323 312

9
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
–

d
e
t
i

i

m
L
m
r
a
f
u
N

124

 
 
 
 
 
Produced by Gillian Sweetland. Designed by MDM Design. Photographers include: Dawn Arts, Danielle Moore, Louis Petrucelli and Melissa Powell.